PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to...

266
PBS Works is a brand of

Transcript of PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to...

Page 1: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Works is a brand of

Page 2: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide

Intellectual Property Rights Notice: Copyrights, Trademarks, and Third Party Licenses

Updated: February 5, 2019.

Altair® PBS Works™ 2018.3Accelerating Innovation in the Cloud™ Copyright© 1994-2018 Altair Engineering, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Altair PBS Works™: 

PBS Professional® ©1994-2018; PBS Control © 2008-2018; PBS Access © 2008- 2018; Compute Manager™ ©2012-2017; Display Manager™ ©2013-2017; PBS Pro ©1994-2018; PBS Application Services ©2008-2017; PBS Analytics ©2008-2017; PBS Desktop ©2008-2012; and e-Compute™ ©2000-2010.

Runtime 2017 © 1995-2018

HyperWorks® products:

HyperMesh® ©1990-2018; HyperCrash® ©2001-2018; OptiStruct® ©1996-2018; RADIOSS® ©1986-2018; HyperView® ©1999-2018; HyperView Player® ©2001-2018; HyperMath® ©2007-2017; HyperStudy® ©1999-2018; HyperGraph® ©1995-2018; MotionView® ©1993-2018; MotionSolve® ©2002-2018; HyperForm® ©1998-2018; HyperXtrude® ©1999- 2018; Process Manager™ ©2003-2018; Templex™ ©1990-2018; TextView™ ©1996-2018; MediaView™ ©1999-2018; TableView™ ©2013-2018; BatchMesher™ ©2003-2018; HyperWeld® ©2009-2018; HyperMold® ©2009-2018; Manufacturing Solutions™ ©2005-2018; Durability Director™ ©2009-2018; Suspension Director™ ©2009-2018; AcuSolve® ©1997-2018; AcuConsole® ©2006-2018; SimLab® ©2004-2018; Virtual Wind Tunnel™ ©2012-2018; FEKO® (©1999-2014 Altair Development S.A. (Pty) Ltd.; ©2014-2018 Altair Engineering Inc.); ConnectMe® ©2014-2018; Flux® 2018 ©1983-2018, FluxMotor® 2018 ©2017-2018; WinProp 2018 ©2000-2018; Multiscale Designer™ v3.4 ©2011-2018; ESAComp™ v.4.7 ©1992-2018 and various solidThinking Platform software products.

Altair Packaged Solution Offerings (PSOs): Automated Reporting Director™ ©2008-2018; GeoMechanics Director ©2011-2018; Impact Simulation Director™ ©2010-2018; Model Mesher Director™ ©2010-2018; NVH Director™ ©2010-2017; Squeak and Rattle Director™ ©2012-2018; Virtual Gauge Director™ ©2012-2018; Weight Analytics™ ©2013-2017; Weld Certification Director™ ©2014-2018; Multi-Disciplinary Optimization Director™ ©2012-2018.

Special Notice: Pre-release versions of Altair software are provided ‘as is’, without warranty of any kind. Usage is strictly limited to non-production purposes.

ii

Page 3: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide

Altair Simulation Cloud Suite: Simulation Manager™ ©2003-2017; Compute Manager™ ©2003-2017; Display Manager™ ©2003–2017; and Process Manager™ ©2003-2017.

solidThinking Platform:

Altair INSPIRE™ 2019 ©2009-2018 including Altair INSPIRE Motion and Altair INSPIRE Structures

Altair INSPIRE Extrude-Metal 2019 ©1996-2018 (formerly Click2Extrude®-Metal)

Altair INSPIRE Extrude-Polymer 2019 ©1996-2018 (formerly Click2Extrude®-Polymer)

Altair INSPIRE Cast 2019 ©2011-2018 (formerly Click2Cast®)

Altair INSPIRE Form 2019 ©1998-2018 (formerly Click2Form®)

Altair COMPOSE™ 2019 ©2007-2018 (formerly solidThinking Compose®)

Altair ACTIVATE™ 2019 ©1989-2018 (formerly solidThinking Activate®)

Altair EMBED™ 2019 ©1989-2018 (formerly solidThinking Embed®)

Altair EMBED SE 2019 ©1989-2018 (formerly solidThinking Embed® SE) Altair EMBED/Digital Power Designer 2019 ©2012-2018

Altair SimLab 2019 ©2004-2018

Altair intellectual property rights are protected under U.S. and international laws and treaties. Additionally, Altair software is protected under patent #6,859,792 and other patents pending. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

ALTAIR ENGINEERING INC. Proprietary and Confidential. Contains Trade Secret Information.Not for use or disclosure outside of Altair and its licensed clients. Information contained in Altair software shall not be decompiled, disassembled, “unlocked”, reverse translated, reverse engineered, or publicly displayed or publicly performed in any manner. Usage of the software is only as explicitly permitted in the end user software license agreement. Copyright notice does not imply publication.

Third party software licenseseAcuConsole contains material licensed from Intelligent Light (www.ilight.com) and used by permission.

Software Security Measures:

Altair Engineering Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates reserve the right to embed software security mechanisms in the Software for the purpose of detecting the installation and/or use of illegal copies of the Software. The Software may collect and transmit non-proprietary data about those illegal copies. Data collected will not include any customer data created by or used in connection with the Software and will not be provided to any third party, except as may be required by law or legal process or to enforce our rights

iii

Page 4: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide

with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user consents to such detection and collection of data, as well as its transmission and use if an illegal copy of the Software is detected. No steps may be taken to avoid or detect the purpose of any such security mechanisms.

Technical Support

This document is proprietary information of Altair Engineering, Inc.

Location Telephone e-mail

Australia +1 800 174 396 [email protected] +86 (0)21 6117 1666 [email protected] +33 (0)1 4133 0992 [email protected] +49 (0)7031 6208 22 [email protected] +91 80 66 29 4500

+1 800 425 0234 (Toll Free)[email protected]

Italy +39 800 905595 [email protected] +81 3 6225 5821 [email protected] +82 70 4050 9200 [email protected] +91 80 66 29 4500

+1 800 425 0234 (Toll Free)[email protected]

North America +1 248 614 2425 [email protected] +49 7031 6208 22 [email protected] +46 (0) 46 460 2828 [email protected] +91 80 66 29 4500

+1 800 425 0234 (Toll Free)[email protected]

South Africa +27 21 831 1500 [email protected] America +55 11 3884 0414 [email protected] Kingdom +44 (0)1926 468 600 [email protected]

iv

Page 5: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

Contents

1 Overview......................................................................................................................... 6

1.1 Document Conventions.................................................................................................71.2 About PBS Control.......................................................................................................81.3 Supported Platforms, Browsers and Product Configurations...............................................91.4 PBS Control Components, Services and Ports................................................................111.5 Deployment Options...................................................................................................151.6 Third-Party Dependencies........................................................................................... 191.7 PBS Works Licensing..................................................................................................211.8 Before Installing PBS Control...................................................................................... 23

2 Installing PBS Control............................................................................................... 24

2.1 Installation Prerequisites.............................................................................................252.2 Migrating to PBS Control 2018.3................................................................................. 262.3 Cleaning Up Installation Artifacts.................................................................................272.4 Installing PBS Control with Internet Connectivity........................................................... 28

2.4.1 Installing Docker.............................................................................................282.4.2 Installing MongoDB......................................................................................... 292.4.3 PBSCloud Prerequisite Script............................................................................ 312.4.4 Installing PBS Control......................................................................................322.4.5 Installing the Analytics Data Collector............................................................... 33

2.5 Installing PBS Control Without Internet Connectivity...................................................... 362.5.1 Installing Docker.............................................................................................362.5.2 Installing MongoDB......................................................................................... 372.5.3 Installing PBS Control......................................................................................372.5.4 Installing the Analytics Data Collector............................................................... 392.5.5 Installing PBSCloud Manually............................................................................40

3 Post-Installation Configuration............................................................................... 47

3.1 Settings the PBSCloud Administrator's Email................................................................. 483.2 Configuring a SMTP Server for Cloud Bursting Quota Alerts.............................................493.3 Configuring a SMTP Server for Monitoring Alerts............................................................503.4 Opening Ports........................................................................................................... 513.5 Setting up the Analytics Environment...........................................................................523.6 Configuring Analytics..................................................................................................53

3.6.1 Configuring the FQDN Name of Data Collectors...................................................533.6.2 Supplying Analytics Historical Node Information..................................................543.6.3 Configuring Holidays........................................................................................563.6.4 Configure Prime and Non-Prime Hours...............................................................56

1

Page 6: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

3.6.5 Configuring Exit Codes.................................................................................... 573.6.6 Configuring Custom Groups..............................................................................58

3.7 Starting the Data Collectors........................................................................................593.8 Logging into PBS Control............................................................................................603.9 Granting Access Privileges.......................................................................................... 61

3.9.1 Default Roles and Privileges............................................................................. 613.9.2 Adding a New Role......................................................................................... 623.9.3 Adding a User to a Role.................................................................................. 633.9.4 Changing the Privileges of a Role..................................................................... 64

4 Uninstalling PBS Control........................................................................................... 65

4.1 Stopping Bursted Cloud Nodes.................................................................................... 664.2 Uninstalling PBS Control............................................................................................. 674.3 Uninstalling PBSCloud after a Manual Installation...........................................................68

5 Starting and Stopping Services...............................................................................69

5.1 PBS Control Services..................................................................................................705.2 PBS Control Service Commands.................................................................................. 71

5.2.1 Starting PBS Control....................................................................................... 715.2.2 Stopping PBS Control...................................................................................... 715.2.3 Restarting PBS Control.................................................................................... 715.2.4 Determining the Status of all PBS Control Services............................................. 71

5.3 PBSCloud Service Commands......................................................................................735.3.1 Start and Stop PBSCloud After a Manaul Installation........................................... 735.3.2 Service Commands After an Auto Installation..................................................... 74

5.4 Analytics Service Commands.......................................................................................765.4.1 Starting the Analytics Service...........................................................................765.4.2 Stopping the Analytics Service..........................................................................765.4.3 Restarting the Analytics Service........................................................................765.4.4 Determining the Status of the Analytics Service..................................................77

6 Analytics Commands.................................................................................................. 79

6.1 Configure Nodes........................................................................................................ 806.2 Configure Holidays..................................................................................................... 856.3 Configure Custom Groups........................................................................................... 916.4 Configure Exit Codes..................................................................................................956.5 Configuring the Data Collector.................................................................................... 996.6 Configuring the Parser..............................................................................................1026.7 Resetting the Analytics Dataset................................................................................. 1056.8 Changing the Analytics Database Password................................................................. 1096.9 Creating a Diagnosis File for Troubleshooting Issues.....................................................113

2

Page 7: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

7 Cloud Bursting............................................................................................................114

7.1 Cloud Bursting.........................................................................................................1157.2 Cloud Bursting Terminology.......................................................................................1177.3 Prerequisites for Cloud Bursting.................................................................................1187.4 New Cloud Bursting Features.................................................................................... 1197.5 PCLM CLI Client.......................................................................................................121

7.5.1 Installing the PCLM CLI Client.........................................................................1217.6 Installing and Configuring a Bind DNS Server..............................................................1227.7 Cloud Bursting Startup Script.................................................................................... 1267.8 Configuring Amazon Web Service Cloud Bursting......................................................... 130

7.8.1 Creating an Amazon Web Service User Account................................................ 1307.8.2 Adding an Amazon Web Service Cloud Account................................................. 1317.8.3 Creating a Virtual Private Cloud Network..........................................................1327.8.4 Creating an Internet Gateway.........................................................................1337.8.5 Updating the VPC Route Table........................................................................ 1337.8.6 Creating a Virtual Machine............................................................................. 1347.8.7 Installing and Configuring the PBS MoM on the VM............................................1367.8.8 Creating an OS Image...................................................................................1377.8.9 Creating a Cloud Bursting Scenario and a Token............................................... 138

7.9 Configuring Microsoft Azure Cloud Bursting................................................................. 1427.9.1 Registering the PBS Control Application with Azure............................................1427.9.2 Adding a Microsoft Azure Cloud Account...........................................................1457.9.3 Creating a Resource Group.............................................................................1467.9.4 Creating a Virtual Network............................................................................. 1467.9.5 Creating a Network Security Group and Add Security Rules................................ 1477.9.6 Creating a Virtual Machine............................................................................. 1487.9.7 Installing and Configuring the PBS MoM on the VM............................................1507.9.8 Creating an OS Image...................................................................................1517.9.9 Creating a Bursting Scenario and a Token........................................................ 152

7.10 Configuring Google Cloud Platform Cloud Bursting......................................................1577.10.1 Creating a Project....................................................................................... 1577.10.2 Creating a Service Account...........................................................................1577.10.3 Adding a GCP Cloud Account........................................................................ 1587.10.4 Creating a Virtual Private Cloud Network........................................................ 1597.10.5 Creating a Virtual Machine............................................................................1607.10.6 Installing and Configuring the PBS MoM on the VM.......................................... 1617.10.7 Creating an OS Image................................................................................. 1627.10.8 Creating a Cloud Bursting Scenario and a Token..............................................163

7.11 Configuring Oracle Cloud Platform Cloud Bursting.......................................................1667.11.1 Creating an Oracle Cloud User Account.......................................................... 1667.11.2 Generating an SSH Public for the Oracle Cloud User.........................................1677.11.3 Obtaining the Root Compartment Identifier.....................................................1687.11.4 Obtaining the Tenancy Identifier....................................................................1697.11.5 Adding an Oracle Cloud Account....................................................................1697.11.6 Creating a Virtual Cloud Network.................................................................. 170

3

Page 8: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

7.11.7 Creating a Virtual Machine............................................................................1727.11.8 Installing and Configuring the PBS MoM on the VM.......................................... 1767.11.9 Creating an OS Image................................................................................. 1777.11.10 Creating a Cloud Bursting Scenario and a Token............................................ 177

7.12 Configuring Orange Cloud Flexible Engine for Cloud Bursting....................................... 1817.12.1 Creating an Orange Cloud Flexible Engine User Account....................................1817.12.2 Selecting a Region.......................................................................................1837.12.3 Adding an Orange Cloud Flexible Engine Account.............................................1837.12.4 Checking Orange Cloud Flexible Engine Account Service Quotas.........................1847.12.5 Creating a Virtual Private Cloud.................................................................... 1857.12.6 Creating a Virtual Machine............................................................................1867.12.7 Installing and Configuring the PBS MoM on the VM.......................................... 1877.12.8 Creating an OS Image................................................................................. 1887.12.9 Creating a Cloud Bursting Scenario and a Token..............................................189

7.13 Configuring HUAWEI Cloud for Cloud Bursting............................................................1937.13.1 Obtain the HUAWEI Cloud Administrator Credentials........................................ 1937.13.2 Adding an HUAWEI Cloud Account................................................................. 1947.13.3 Checking HUAWEI Cloud Account Service Quotas.............................................1957.13.4 Creating a Virtual Private Cloud.................................................................... 1957.13.5 Creating a Virtual Machine............................................................................1967.13.6 Installing and Configuring the PBS MoM on the VM.......................................... 1987.13.7 Creating an OS Image................................................................................. 1997.13.8 Creating a Cloud Bursting Scenario and a Token..............................................200

7.14 Configuring Open Telekom Cloud for Cloud Bursting................................................... 2047.14.1 Obtain the OTC Administrator Credentials....................................................... 2047.14.2 Adding an OTC Account................................................................................2057.14.3 Checking OTC Account Service Quotas........................................................... 2067.14.4 Creating a Virtual Private Cloud.................................................................... 2077.14.5 Creating a Virtual Machine............................................................................2087.14.6 Installing and Configuring the PBS MoM on the VM.......................................... 2097.14.7 Creating an OS Image................................................................................. 2107.14.8 Creating a Cloud Bursting Scenario and a Token..............................................211

7.15 Testing Cloud Bursting with the CLI......................................................................... 2157.15.1 Bursting an Execution Node in the Cloud........................................................2157.15.2 Unbursting an Execution Node in the Cloud.................................................... 216

7.16 Configuring PBS Professional for Cloud Bursting......................................................... 2177.16.1 Configuring Your Network............................................................................. 2177.16.2 Configuring Cloud Bursting Custom Resources.................................................2177.16.3 Setting Cloud Limits at Server...................................................................... 2207.16.4 Creating and Configuring the Cloud Queue..................................................... 2207.16.5 Configuring the Cloud Bursting Hook..............................................................2217.16.6 Testing Cloud Bursting by Submitting a Job.................................................... 2267.16.7 Managing Cloud and On-premise Jobs............................................................2277.16.8 Disabling Cloud Bursting...............................................................................229

8 Advanced Configuration...........................................................................................230

4

Page 9: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

8.1 Upgrading or Reconfiguring PBS Professional............................................................... 2318.2 Configuring Single Sign-On....................................................................................... 232

8.2.1 Enabling Single Sign-On.................................................................................2328.2.2 Disabling Single Sign-On................................................................................234

8.3 Enabling Multi-Factor Authentication........................................................................... 2368.4 Configuring Concurrent Threads for Retrieving Job Details.............................................2388.5 Configure the Job and Node Details Refresh Interval.................................................... 2398.6 Changing the Location Where the Data Collector Gathers the Accounting Logs..................2408.7 Changing the SSH Server......................................................................................... 2418.8 Configuring the Session Timeout................................................................................2428.9 Changing the Hostname of the Analytics Component....................................................2438.10 Changing the Hostname of the PBSCloud Component................................................. 2448.11 Changing the Gateway HTTPS Port...........................................................................2458.12 Resetting the Analytics Accounting Log Data............................................................. 246

8.12.1 Deleting All Simulation and Model Data..........................................................2468.13 Advanced Configuration for PBSCloud....................................................................... 247

8.13.1 Accessing PBSCloud Logs..............................................................................2478.13.2 Accessing PBSCloud Analytics........................................................................2478.13.3 Accessing the CloudFlow Interface................................................................. 247

9 Troubleshooting......................................................................................................... 248

9.1 Logging...................................................................................................................2499.1.1 Location of Log Files......................................................................................2499.1.2 Web Application Logging................................................................................ 2509.1.3 Configure and Simulator Logging.................................................................... 2539.1.4 Monitor Logging............................................................................................ 2549.1.5 Analytics Logging.......................................................................................... 2569.1.6 Cloud Logging...............................................................................................257

9.2 Troubleshooting Port Conflicts....................................................................................2589.3 Troubleshooting Cloud Bursting DNS Errors................................................................. 259

Index.................................................................................................................................260

5

Page 10: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

Overview 1

1 Overview

This chapter covers the following:

• 1.1 Document Conventions (p. 7)

• 1.2 About PBS Control (p. 8)

• 1.3 Supported Platforms, Browsers and Product Configurations (p. 9)

• 1.4 PBS Control Components, Services and Ports (p. 11)

• 1.5 Deployment Options (p. 15)

• 1.6 Third-Party Dependencies (p. 19)

• 1.7 PBS Works Licensing (p. 21)

• 1.8 Before Installing PBS Control (p. 23)

Page 11: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide1 Overview p.7

1.1 Document ConventionsCommon typographical conventions for PBS Control technical publications.

PC_HOMEThe PBS Control home directory which contains configuration and logging files. Default is:

/var/spool/pbsworks/2018.3/pbscontrol/home

This default location can be overridden during the installation of PBS Control.

PC_EXECThe PBS Control execution directory which contains binaries and scripts. Default is:

/opt/altair/pbsworks/2018.3/pbscontrol/exec

This default location can be overridden during the installation of PBS Control.

PC_INSTALLERThe PBS Control installer directory which contains installer configuration and log files. Default is:

/opt/altair/pbsworks/2018.3/pbscontrol/installer

The location of this directory is based on the location of PC_EXEC.

PBSA_HOMEThe PBS Analytics installation directory. Default is:

/opt/altair/pbsa/VERSION/portal

Where VERSION is the version of PBS Analytics.

PBS_HOMEThe location where the PBS Professional daemon/service configuration files, accounting logs, etc.are installed. Default is:

/var/spool/PBS

PBS_EXECThe location where the PBS Professional executable programs are installed. Default is:

/opt/pbs/default

PAS_HOMEThe PBS Application Services home directory which contains configuration and logging files.Default is:

/var/spool/pas

PAS_EXECThe location where the PBS Application Services executable programs are installed. Default is:

/opt/altair/pas/VERSION/pasWhere VERSION is the version of PAS.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 12: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide1 Overview p.8

1.2 About PBS ControlHPC Administrators control center for managing, optimizing and forecasting HPC Resources.

Altair’s PBS Control is an easy-to-use web application for monitoring and managing jobs and nodesof an High-Performance Computing (HPC) cluster with advanced analytics to support data-drivenplanning and decision making. Also, administrators can perform what-if analysis for determining themost productive way to scale an HPC system's resources by running simulations and manage cloudappliances.

Features include:

• Single pane of glass: configure, deploy, monitor, burst, manage, troubleshoot, simulate, analyze,tune

• Real-time monitoring: simplify troubleshooting and maintenance

• Reporting: Analytics powered by Envision

• Workload simulator: simulate and optimize infrastructure sizing

• Multi-cloud bursting: burst to any cloud for peak loads

• Modern UX: drag-and-drop simplicity

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 13: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide1 Overview p.9

1.3 Supported Platforms, Browsers and ProductConfigurationsA list of supported OS platforms and browsers for the 2018.3 release.

Supported Platforms for PBS ControlCentOS 7.2, 7.3, and 7.4

RHEL 7.2, 7.3, and 7.4

SLES 12 SP2

OpenSUSE 42.2

Note: Minor versions of the operating systems listed above can be installed. However, theinstaller will issue a warning message indicating that the unsupported operating system maynot perform as expected. SLES 12 SP3 has not yet been tested.

Supported BrowsersThe latest version of the following browsers are supported:

• Chrome

• Firefox

• Safari

Supported Product ConfigurationsThe currently supported product configurations are:

Table 1: Supported Product Configurations

PBS Professional MongoDB PBS Control

14.2 & 18.2.x 3.4 & 3.6 2018.3

Hardware RequirementsPBS Control requires a minimum hardware configuration:

Table 2: Hardware Requirements for PBS Control

Hardware Minimum Requirement Recommended

CPU 8 cores 8 cores

Memory (physical) 16 GB 32 GB

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 14: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide1 Overview p.10

Hardware Minimum Requirement Recommended

Disk space 80 GB 100 GB

Additional CPUs, memory, and disk space may be required depending upon the Control componentsinstalled and the size of your site's HPC cluster. Large environments may need more memory forAnalytics.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 15: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide1 Overview p.11

1.4 PBS Control Components, Services and PortsOverview of the components and services available after installation.

PBS Control ComponentsPBS Control consists of a collection of components and their associated services, accessed and invokedvia a common interface. Each of these components can conceivably reside on a separate host; for thepurposes of this release it is recommended to install everything on a single host.

Components and their associated responsibility are:

Web InterfaceProvides client access to the simulation, analytics, configuration, cloud bursting, and monitoringcapabilities of PBS Control. It also provides traffic routing through the gateway/proxy server andmessaging routing utilizing RabbitMQ.

AnalyticsProvides analytics reporting and simulation results. Sub-components:

• Analytics Server - parses accounting logs and node information and provides analytics.

• Data Collector - copies the accounting logs and node information from your site’s PBSProfessional cluster to the machine where the Analytics server is installed.

SimulatorAllows administrators to run simulations and is responsible for storage of simulation data.

MonitorAllows administrators to monitor and manage HPC nodes and jobs and create alerts.

ConfigureAllows administrators to configure default WLM server, scheduler and security settings, andmanage queues, resources, resource defaults and limits.

Cloud (PBSCloud)

Provides cloud bursting capabilities so that jobs can be run in the cloud based on demand.

Services Installed by ComponentA number of services are installed with PBS Control. Below is a diagram of what services are installedby component.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 16: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide1 Overview p.12

Note: When the Web Application, Configure and/or Simulator are installed on the samemachine, a single instance of the Framework services are installed and are shared betweenthe components.

Figure 1: Services by Component

Below is a description of each service:

Component Services/Port Description

pcgui.service (9501) Controls the web application.

pbsworks-nginx.service (9500) Gateway service that controlscommunication betweencomponents.

pbswauth.service (9100) Authentication and licensingservice that providesuser authentication andcommunication with the licenseserver.

Web Interface

pbsworks-notification.service

• Web Socket (9105)

Controls UI notifications.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 17: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide1 Overview p.13

Component Services/Port Description

• HTTP ReST (9106)

pbsworks-notification-mongod.service (9575) Notifications database service.

pbsworks-messagerouter-rabbitmq.service(9840)

RabbitMQ service.

pbsworks-messagerouter-http.service (9820) Message router service (forAMQP clients).

pbsworks-messagerouter-mongod.service(9835)

Message router databaseservice.

pbswadmin-orchestrator.service port (9850) Framework HTTP Orchestratorservice.

pbswadmin-worker.service (no port) Framework AMQP Executorservice.

pbswadmin-mongod.service (9860) Framework database service.

pbsmonitor.service (9600) Controls job and nodemonitoring and alerts.

Monitor

pbsmonitor-postgres.service (9603) Monitor database service.

pbswadmin-orchestrator.service (9850) Framework HTTP Orchestratorservice.

Simulator

pbswadmin-worker.service Framework AMQP Executorservice.

pbswadmin-orchestrator.service (9850) Framework HTTP Orchestratorservice.

Configure

pbswadmin-worker.service Framework AMQP Executorservice.

Analytics pbsworks-pbsa (9000)

• Tomcat-8 (9080)

• On Demand Analysis HTTP (9143)

• MonetDB (9200)

• Envision HTTPS (9443)

• Envision ActiveMQ (9672)

• MongoDB (9700)

Provides all back-end analytics.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 18: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide1 Overview p.14

Component Services/Port Description

pbsworks-dc (9343) Analytics Data Collector

Cloud pbscloud.service (9980)

• UI Monitoring (3000)

• ELK Stack (5601)

• CloudFlow (19980)

Cloud user interface

• Prometheus UI monitoring

• Log management

• Workload Visualization

Open PortsThe following ports need to be opened for communication with external locations and should be open onyour firewall to allow for this communication:

• 3000 - Cloud UI Monitoring

• 5601 - ELK Stack

• 9443 - Analytics Data Collector

• 9500 - PBS Control Gateway

• 9980 - Cloud UI

• 19980 - CloudFlow

If you are implementing a distributed deployment where PBS Control components are distributed acrossseveral machines, the following ports must also be opened between PBS Control machines.

• 9820 - Message router service (for AMQP clients)

• 9835 - Message router database service

• 9840 - RabbitMQ service

• 9850 - Framework HTTP Orchestrator service

• 9860 - Framework database service

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 19: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide1 Overview p.15

1.5 Deployment OptionsOverview of the recommended installation option, distributed deployments, and single componentdeployments.

Figure 2: PBS Control Recommended Deployment Option

Installation Sequence1. Install Docker.

2. Install MongoDB.

3. Install PBS Control.

4. Install the Analytics Data Collector for every PBS Professional complex. A Data Collector mustbe installed either on the head node of each PBS Professional complex, or on a machine that hasaccess to the PBS Professional accounting logs for that complex.

Installation TypesThe PBS Control installer offers two installation types for installing its components:

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 20: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide1 Overview p.16

Basic

Installs all components in a single installation process. Minimal information is requested whenutilizing this installation type:

• Service User

• License server

• Installation location for the home and execution directories (PC_HOME and PC_EXEC)

AdvancedUsing this option gives you the ability to pick and choose the components to install. Use thisoption:

• to install the Analytics Data Collector on each machine where the PBS Professional accountinglogs are located (typically the PBS Professional Server).

• to distribute components across multiple machines (a distributed deployment).

• when Cloud must be manually installed because there is no internet connectivity. TheAdvanced option is used to install all components, except for Cloud.

• when you do not want to install all components. For example: your site is only interested inthe Monitoring capabilities of PBS Control. The Advanced option is used to install the Monitorand Web Interface components.

Note: If you are using the Advanced installation type because you are only interestedin installing a single component, then you must also install the Web Interface alongwith the component.

Both installation types assume that all external dependencies have been satisfied prior to installing PBSControl and that the default ports are free and available for use.

Component DependenciesThere are some dependencies between the PBS Control components. There is an interdependencybetween the Web Interface and all other components, such that the Web Interface must be installed forany of the other components to function properly. Additionally, the Simulator is dependent on Analyticsfor presenting simulations results. The following diagram shows an overview of these dependencies:

Figure 3: Component Dependencies

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 21: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide1 Overview p.17

Distributed Deployments

Important: It is recommended to contact your Altair support team to assist with adistributed deployment.

Distributed deployments where components are installed across multiple machines are supported.In this situation, PBS Control cannot be installed using the Basic installation type. Instead, eachcomponent or subset of components must be installed using the Advanced installation type. When thereis a interdependency between components, the installer will ask where the dependent components havebeen installed.

Important: When installing components distributively, the same username must bespecified for the Service User during the installation of the components.

Example #1: Install the Web Interface singularly on a machine, while installing the rest of thecomponents on a second machine.

Install steps:

1. Install the Web Interface on machine #1

• The installer asks for the hostname/IP address of the machine(s) where Analytics, Cloud,Monitor, Simulator and Configure are installed.

2. Install all other components on machine #2

• The installer asks for the hostname/IP address of the machine(s) where the Web Interface isinstalled.

Example #2: Install the Web Interface and Monitor component on a machine, while installing the rest ofthe components on a second machine.

Install steps:

1. Install the Web Interface and Monitor component on machine #1

• The installer asks for the hostname/IP address of the machine(s) where Analytics, Cloud,Simulator and Configure are installed.

2. Install all other components on machine #2

• The installer asks for the hostname/IP address of the machine(s) where the Web Interface isinstalled.

Example #3: Install the Simulator component singularly on a machine, while installing all othercomponents on a second machine.

1. Install the Simulator on machine #1

• The installer asks for the hostname/IP address of the machine(s) where Analytics and theWeb Interface are installed.

2. Install all other components on machine #2

• The installer asks for the hostname/IP address of the machine(s) where the Web Interface isinstalled.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 22: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide1 Overview p.18

Installing A Single ComponentYour site may be interested in the capabilities of a single component such as Monitor, Cloud or Simulate.Again, PBS Control cannot be installed using the Basic installation type. Instead, the component thatyou are interested in installing must be installed using the Advanced installation type.

The Web Interface must be installed for any of the other components to function properly. It can eitherbe installed on the same machine as the component or it can be installed distributively.

If you are interested in only the simulation capabilities of PBS Control, Analytics must also be installed,as the Simulator is dependent on Analytics for presenting simulations results.

No Internet ConnectivityFor sites where there is no internet connectivity, Cloud must be manually installed after installing allother components of PBS Control.

See AlsoInstalling PBS Control Without Internet Connectivity

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 23: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide1 Overview p.19

1.6 Third-Party DependenciesOverview of the third-party software that is required for installing and running PBS Control.

The following third-party software must be installed manually before installing PBS Control:

DockerDocker must be manually installed prior to installing the Cloud component. The PBS Control installerperforms a check for its presence and the installation of PBS Control is halted and an error message isdisplayed when Docker cannot be found.

MongoDB 3.4 and 3.6MongoDB is used for data storage by all components except Monitor. Due to legal reasons, itsinstallation could not be incorporated into the PBS Control installer for the following components:

• Web Interface

• Analytics

• Configure

• Simulator

MongoDB must be manually installed before installing any of the above components. The PBS Controlinstaller performs a check for its presence and the installation of PBS Control is halted and an errormessage is displayed when MongoDB cannot be found.

socatsocat must be manually installed prior to installing the Web Interface, prior to installing Configurestand-alone, or prior to installing Simulator stand-alone. The PBS Control installer performs a check forits presence and the installation of PBS Control is halted and an error message is displayed when socatcannot be found.

The following third-party software is installed automatically during the installation of PBS Control. Insome instances, an existing installation of the third-party software may result in a conflict and halt theinstallation of PBS Control.

ApacheApache is installed automatically when any of the PBS Control components are installed and overlaysthe existing Apache installation if present on the system. However, a problem exists on SLES/OpenSUSEplatforms, where an existing installation of the apache2-prefork package causes a conflict. In this case,the installation of PBS Control is halted and the installer will display an error message directing the userto uninstall all packages related to Apache.

Erlang or Erlang-ERTSA customized version of Erlang is installed when the Web Interface is installed, when Configureis installed stand-alone, or when Simulator is installed stand-alone. The presence of an existing

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 24: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide1 Overview p.20

installation of Erlang or Erlang-ERTS on the system causes the installation of PBS Control to be halted.The installer will display an error message directing the user to uninstall the product.

mod_wsgiA customized version of mod_wsgi is installed automatically when any of the PBS Control componentsare installed. The presence of an existing installation of mod_wsgi on the system causes the installationof PBS Control to be halted. The installer will display an error message directing the user to uninstall theproduct.

OpenSSL 1.0.2xOpenSSL 1.0.2.x is used by all components of PBS Control. When the presence of OpenSSL isundetectable on the system where PBS Control is being installed, OpenSSL 1.0.2x is automaticallyinstalled. When the presence of OpenSSL is detected on the system, a check for the correct version isdone. If the version of OpenSSL is not 1.0.2x, the installation of PBS Control is halted and the installerdisplays an error message directing the user to uninstall OpenSSL. Otherwise, when the correct versionof OpenSSL is detected, the installation of OpenSSL is skipped.

PBS Professional and PASThe Simulator component requires PBS Professional and PAS. These products are automatically installedwhen the Simulator component is installed. The presence of an existing installation of PBS Professionalor PAS on the system causes the installation of PBS Control to be halted. The installer will display anerror message directing the user to uninstall the product.

PostgresPostgres is used by the Monitor component for data storage. It is automatically installed when theMonitor component is installed and by default uses port 9603. As long as an existing installation ofPostgres is using a different port, then there should be no conflicts with the instance installed with PBSControl.

RabbitMQA customized version of RabbitMQ is installed when the Web Interface is installed, when Configureis installed stand-alone, or when Simulator is installed stand-alone. The presence of an existinginstallation of RabbitMQ on the system causes the installation of PBS Control to be halted. The installerwill display an error message directing the user to uninstall the product.

Other installation considerations:

SELinuxSELinux is not a prerequisite for installing PBS Control. However, if it is installed on the machine whereany of the PBS Control components are being installed, it must be disabled.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 25: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide1 Overview p.21

1.7 PBS Works LicensingLicensing model for PBS Control.

Licenses must be installed and available via the Altair LMX license server. Three types of licenses areconsumed by PBS Control:

• PBSWorks User license - consumed when a user logs into PBS Control

• PBSWorks Node license - consumed when an HPC cluster is added via the Monitor tab or whenan active node is parsed by Analytics when node information (pbsnodes -av) is forwarded by theAnalytics Data Collector.

• PBSWorks Bursted Node license - consumed when a node is burst into the cloud.

Licensing for Logging into PBS ControlEach user that logs into PBS Control consumes a PBS Works User license. If a user logs into PBS Controland then opens a second browser window to access PBS Control, a single PBS Works User license isconsumed.

To login to PBS Control at least one PBS Works User license and one PBS Works Node license must beinstalled and available via the Altair LMX license server.

Monitor LicensingWhen a cluster is added to PBS Control, a PBS Works Node license is consumed for each HPC clusternode. A node in PBS Control is considered a PBS Professional vnode regardless of the number of coresor devices associated with the vnode.

Once the number of PBS Works Node licenses is exceeded, job and node summary and detailinformation is not available for any newly added HPC clusters. A next to the name of the cluster onthe Job Summary or Node Summary page indicates that Node licenses have been exceeded.

Figure 4: PBS Works Node Licenses Exceeded

Configure LicensingNo licenses are consumed when accessing the capabilities of the Configure component.

Analyze LicensingThe Analytics Data Collector forwards node information (pbsnodes -av) to the Analytics component.Each active node consumes a PBSWorks Node license. The total count of PBSWorks Nodes units neededfor the Analytics component levels against the total count of PBSWorks Nodes units needed for theMonitor component.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 26: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide1 Overview p.22

Simulator LicensingNo licenses are consumed when accessing the capabilities of the Simulator component.

Cloud LicensingNo licenses are consumed when accessing the capabilities of the Cloud component, except for cloudbursting. PBS Works Bursted Node Hours are consumed when nodes are burst in the cloud. Forexample, if 10 nodes are burst for 10 hours, then 100 Bursted Node Hours are consumed.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 27: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide1 Overview p.23

1.8 Before Installing PBS ControlThings to know before you install.

Access to PBS Control Post-InstallationAll users who have login access to the machine where PBS Control is installed, can login to PBS Control(valid NIS/SSH users). The Service User entered during the installation of PBS Control has managerialprivileges, therefore has unrestricted access to all features of PBS Control. After installation, the ServiceUser must assign access privileges for all other users using the Access Control feature.

If a user logs into PBS Control and access privileges have not been established for that user, a messageis displayed indicating that the user does not have access to any of the features of PBS Control and theyshould contact their administrator.

Previous PBS Professional/PAS InstallationPBS Control cannot be installed on a machine that already has PBS Professional or PAS installed. ThePBS Control installer installs its own PBS Professional/PAS for running simulations. An existing install ofPBS Professional or PAS will result in a conflict. This conflict halts the install. The installer provides anerror message, directing the user to uninstall PBS Professional and PAS.

Important: PBS Control should NOT be installed on the PBS Professional Server.

See AlsoGranting Access Privileges

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 28: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

Installing PBS Control 2

2 Installing PBS Control

This chapter covers the following:

• 2.1 Installation Prerequisites (p. 25)

• 2.2 Migrating to PBS Control 2018.3 (p. 26)

• 2.3 Cleaning Up Installation Artifacts (p. 27)

• 2.4 Installing PBS Control with Internet Connectivity (p. 28)

• 2.5 Installing PBS Control Without Internet Connectivity (p. 36)

Page 29: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide2 Installing PBS Control p.25

2.1 Installation PrerequisitesPrerequisites that must be satisfied before the installation of PBS Control.

Prerequisites for Installing PBS ControlBefore running the PBS Control installer, the following prerequisites must be met:

• Installation must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

• Installation must be done on a machine running on a supported platform.

Please review the third-party dependencies before installing PBS Control. Several third-party packagesmust be installed prior to installing PBS Control. Additionally, the presence of some third-party softwarepackages on the system may cause a conflict as a customized version of the package is installed withPBS Control.

Prerequisites for the Service UserDuring the installation of PBS Control, you are asked to provide a username that will be the PBS ControlService User. All PBS Control services including the database instances will run as this user.

• This user must be an existing user on the machine were PBS Control is being installed.

• The Service User must be able to SSH without a password from and into any machine running theSimulator component (e.g. from machine A to machine A).

• When installing components distributively, the same username must be specified for the ServiceUser during the installation of the components.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 30: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide2 Installing PBS Control p.26

2.2 Migrating to PBS Control 2018.3Steps for migrating to the new version of PBS Control.

The following commands must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudocommand.

Before installing PBS Control 2018.3, preserve Analytics configuration files that are currently in use byyour previous installation. These files can be used to configure the Analytics component after installingPBS Control 2018.3.

Important: Use the instructions for uninstalling PBS Control, PBSCloud and PBSA that weredocumented in the Administrator's guide that was provided for the version of the productthat is being uninstalled. Ex. If PBS Control 2018.1 is installed at your site, then use theinstructions for uninstalling the product in the PBS Control 2018.1 Administrator's Guide.

1. Login to the machine where the previous version of PBSA is installed.

2. Navigate to PBSA_HOME/services/pbsa/parser/modules/pbsdata/config.

3. Copy the following files to a temporary location such as /tmp:

• all holiday_YYYY.conf

• all custom_group_YYYY.conf

• exit_status.conf

• all nodedetals_YYYY.conf

4. Uninstall PBSA.

5. Login to the machine where the previous version of PBS Control is installed.

6. Uninstall PBS Control.

7. Login to the machine where the previous version of PBSCloud is installed.

8. Uninstall PBSCloud.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 31: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide2 Installing PBS Control p.27

2.3 Cleaning Up Installation ArtifactsManually clean up some installation artifacts in the case of an unsuccessful uninstallation.

If you suspect that a previous installation of PBS Control was not completely uninstalled (for example,due to filesystem or permissions issues), make sure the following are removed:

• PBS Control home directory - PC_HOME

• PBS Control execution directory - PC_EXEC

• /usr/sbin/pbsworks-nginx

• /usr/bin/pbs-sim-agent

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 32: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide2 Installing PBS Control p.28

2.4 Installing PBS Control with InternetConnectivityInstall required third-party software and all components of PBS Control using the PBS Control installer.

Internet connectivity is required for the installation of Cloud.

Note: If Docker or MongoDB are already installed from a previous installation of PBSControl, then you may skip the steps for their installation.

2.4.1 Installing DockerInstall Docker which is used to host Cloud.

Installing Docker for RHEL and CentOSInstall Docker for RHEL and CentOS platforms.

• Installation must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

• For more information about installing Docker CE see Get Docker CE for CentOS.

1. Login to the machine where PBS Control is to be installed.

2. Install required packages.yum install -y yum-utils

3. Setup the docker repository:yum-config-manager --add-repo \https://download.docker.com/linux/centos/docker-ce.repo

4. Install the packets and its dependencies:yum install docker-ce

5. Add the user into the docker group:

Enter this command exactly as is. Do not replace $USER with a username.usermod -aG docker $USER

6. Open a new shell to load the new group permissions:

Enter this command exactly as is. Do not replace $USER with a username.su - $USER

Note: You will need to start a new shell once you have added the user to the dockergroup. Otherwise, you will get an error when trying to use the docker command.

7. Start Docker.systemctl start dockersystemctl enable docker

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 33: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide2 Installing PBS Control p.29

Installing Docker for SLES and SUSEInstall Docker for SLES and SUSE platforms.

• Installation must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

• Docker CE is not supported on SLES, therefore Docker EE must be installed.

1. Login to the machine where PBS Control is to be installed.

2. Install and start the latest version of Docker EE by following these instructions Get Docker EE forSLES.

3. Verify that the file /usr/bin/docker-init exists.

4. If the file does not exist:

a) Download the tarball for the latest version of Docker from the Docker repository:

https://download.docker.com/linux/static/stable/x86_64/

b) Extract the archive to /tmp:tar zxvf docker-18.06.1-ce.tgz -C /tmp

c) Execute the command:cp /tmp/docker/docker-init /usr/bin/

5. Add the user into the docker group:

Enter this command exactly as is. Do not replace $USER with a username.usermod -aG docker $USER

6. Open a new shell to load the new group permissions:

Enter this command exactly as is. Do not replace $USER with a username.su - $USER

Note: You will need to start a new shell once you have added the user to the dockergroup. Otherwise, you will get an error when trying to use the docker command.

7. Start Docker.systemctl start dockersystemctl enable docker

2.4.2 Installing MongoDBInstall MongoDB for use by the Web Application, Analytics, Configure, and Simulator components fordata storage.

Restriction: Only MongoDB 3.4 and 3.6 are supported.

Attention: If the Monitoring component is being installed stand-alone, then MongoDB doesnot need to be installed. Otherwise, if you are installing any of the other components (WebApplication, Analytics, Configure, Simulator), MongoDB must be installed.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 34: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide2 Installing PBS Control p.30

Installing MongoDB for RHEL and CentOSInstall MongoDB for RHEL and CentOS platforms.

Installation must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

MongoDB is used by the Web Application, Analytics, Configure and Simulator components for datastorage. Due to legal reasons, its installation could not be incorporated into the 2018.3 installer,therefore it must be manually installed, wherever the Web Application, , Analytics, Configure, andSimulator components are installed. Once MongoDB is installed, no other configuration is necessary.

1. Login to the machine where PBS Control is going to be installed.

2. Create a file /etc/yum.repos.d/mongodb-org-<ver>.repo.

Where <ver> is the version of MongoDB being installed.

3. Edit the file and choose one of the following options:

• Add the following lines for MongoDB 3.4:[mongodb-org-3.4]name=MongoDB Repositorybaseurl=https://repo.mongodb.org/yum/redhat/$releasever/mongodb-org/3.4/x86_64/gpgcheck=1enabled=1gpgkey=https://www.mongodb.org/static/pgp/server-3.4.asc

• Add the following lines for MongoDB 3.6:[mongodb-org-3.6]name=MongoDB Repositorybaseurl=https://repo.mongodb.org/yum/redhat/$releasever/mongodb-org/3.6/x86_64/gpgcheck=1enabled=1gpgkey=https://www.mongodb.org/static/pgp/server-3.6.asc

4. Save the changes made to the file and exit the editor.

5. Install MongoDB using YUM:yum install -y mongodb-org

Installing MongoDB for SLES and SUSEInstall MongoDB for SLES and SUSE platforms.

Installation must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

MongoDB is used by the Web Application, Analytics, Configure and Simulator components for datastorage. Due to legal reasons, its installation could not be incorporated into the 2018.3 installer,therefore it must be manually installed, wherever the Web Application, , Analytics, Configure, andSimulator components are installed. Once MongoDB is installed, no other configuration is necessary.

1. Login to the machine where PBS Control is going to be installed.

2. Import the MongoDB public key by choosing one of the following options:

• To install MongoDB 3.4, enter the command:rpm --import https://www.mongodb.org/static/pgp/server-3.4.asc

• To install MongoDB 3.6, enter the command:rpm --import https://www.mongodb.org/static/pgp/server-3.6.asc

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 35: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide2 Installing PBS Control p.31

3. Add the repository so that you can install MongoDB using zypper.

• For MongoDB 3.4, enter the command:zypper addrepo --gpgcheck \"https://repo.mongodb.org/zypper/suse/12/mongodb-org/3.4/x86_64/" mongodb

• For MongoDB 3.6, enter the command:zypper addrepo --gpgcheck \"https://repo.mongodb.org/zypper/suse/12/mongodb-org/3.6/x86_64/" mongodb

4. Install MongoDB:

• For MongoDB 3.4, enter the command:zypper install mongodb-org-3.4.10 \mongodb-org-server-3.4.10 \mongodb-org-shell-3.4.10 \mongodb-org-mongos-3.4.10 \ mongodb-org-tools-3.4.10

• For MongoDB 3.6, enter the command:zypper install mongodb-org-3.6.0 \mongodb-org-server-3.6.0 \mongodb-org-shell-3.6.0 \mongodb-org-mongos-3.6.0 \mongodb-org-tools-3.6.0

2.4.3 PBSCloud Prerequisite ScriptPrerequisite check for PBSCloud.

Run the below script to check the following prerequisites before installation:

• Presence of Docker and its version

• Space for the images (/var/lib/docker)

• Connectivity with the PBSCloud Docker repository

#!/bin/bashset -e

# check dockercommand -v docker >/dev/null 2>&1 || { echo >&2 "[ERROR] docker is required but is not installed or unavailable for this user."; exit 1; }command -v docker-init >/dev/null 2>&1 || { echo >&2 "[ERROR] docker-init is required but is not installed or unavailable for this user."; exit 1; }docker info >/dev/null 2>&1 || { echo >&2 "[ERROR] Cannot connect to the Docker daemon. Check that docker is running and that $USER belongs to docker group."; exit 1; }docker_server_version=$(docker info | grep -i "Server Version" | awk -F ": " '{print $2}' | cut -d '.' -f1)if [ $docker_server_version -lt 17 ]; then echo >&2 "[ERROR] Docker version is $docker_server_version. Only versions >= 17 are supported." exit 1fi

# check disk space on docker's root directorydocker_root=$(docker info | grep -i "Docker Root Dir" | awk -F ": " '{print $2}')if [ $(df -P $docker_root | awk 'NR==2 {print $4}') -lt 31457280 ]; then

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 36: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide2 Installing PBS Control p.32

echo >&2 "[ERROR] Not enough space on $docker_root. Only $(df -Ph $docker_root | awk 'NR==2 {print $4}') available, 30GB is required." exit 1fi

# check registry accesscommand -v curl >/dev/null 2>&1 || { echo >&2 "[ERROR] curl is needed to check registry connectivity."; exit 1; }curl --silent --fail -X GET https://a882d237-5d07-48a7-837e-9bd8652d79ec:kq9ZKzrToLGm78xGBDv5lKx5hg5YOB8JDz3usbp+2eo=@pbscloudio.azurecr.io/v2/_catalog &> /dev/null \|| { echo >&2 "[ERROR] Cannot access to docker registry. Please check connection to https://pbscloudio.azurecr.io"; exit 1; }

# prerequisites metecho "[OK] All prerequisites met. You can proceed to PBScloud installation."

2.4.4 Installing PBS ControlInstall all PBS Control components using the Basic installation type.

Review the installation prerequisites before proceeding.

To install using the PBS Control installer, the machine where the installation is being performed requiresinternet access. If there is no internet connectivity, then follow these instructions: Installing PBS ControlWithout Internet Connectivity.

Note: Installer log files are available in PC_INSTALLER/logs.

Several components use MongoDB for data storage, therefore there will be multiple database instancesrunning once this installation is complete. The Monitor component and PBS Professional use Postgres fordata storage, therefore there will be two Postgres database instances running after this installation iscomplete.

Every time PBS Control is installed or uninstalled a file called pbswinstall_op_report is appendedwith parameter information used during the installation/uninstallation process. The file is placed in the/etc directory. The contents of this file may be valuable for diagnosing issues with the installation/uninstallation of PBS Control.

1. Login to the machine where PBS Control is to be installed.

2. Download the installer tarball PBSControl_Installation_2018.3_401_20181008_042733.tarfrom the download location.

3. Navigate to the directory where the installer tarball was copied by changing your workingdirectory.

4. Extract the contents of the tarball:tar -xvf PBSControl_Installation_2018.3_401_20181008_042733.tar

A directory called PBSControl_Installation is created.

5. Navigate to the PBSControl_Installation directory:cd PBSControl_Installation

6. Invoke the installer by running the installation binary:

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 37: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide2 Installing PBS Control p.33

./run_installer

Tip: If a broken installation is detected then the following message is displayed:

There was a non-fixable broken installation!!Would you like to uninstall? (Y/N)

Enter Y and press ENTER. Once the broken installation is completely removed, try toinstall PBS Control again.

7. Read the introduction, verify the prerequisites for installation, and press ENTER.

8. Page through the license agreement by pressing ENTER until you are asked to accept its terms andconditions.

9. Accept the license agreement by entering 1 and pressing ENTER.

10. Choose the Basic installation type by entering 1 and pressing ENTER.

11. Enter the license server in the format port@hostname and press ENTER.

12. Enter a username that who will be the PBS Control Service User and press ENTER.

The user must exist on the machine where you are installing PBS Control. All PBS Control servicesincluding the database instances run as this user.

13. Enter where you would like to install the execution binaries (PC_EXEC) or press ENTER to use thedefault location.

14. Enter where you would like to install the configuration files (PC_HOME) or press ENTER to use thedefault location.

15. Review the installation summary and then press ENTER to install the product.The installation may take some time to complete.

16. Once the installation is complete, set the Service User's PAS password by issuing the command:su - SERVICE_USER -c "PAS_EXEC/pas-commands/bin/pas-passwd"

Where SERVICE_USER is the username of the Service User.

2.4.5 Installing the Analytics Data CollectorInstall the Analytics Data Collector on each PBS Professional complex.

• Installation must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

• Installation must be done on a machine running on a supported platform.

• The Data Collector must have access to the machine hosting the Analytics component.

In previous versions of PBSA, if a site had clusters with the same fully qualified domain name (FQDN),then the Analytics data was aggregated for both clusters under a single FQDN. A new feature has beenimplemented that allows Analytics data for clusters having the same FQDN to be tracked separately.Each Data Collector must be configured with a unique FQDN after the Data Collector is installed.

Note: Installer log files are available in PC_INSTALLER/logs.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 38: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide2 Installing PBS Control p.34

Every time PBS Control is installed or uninstalled a file called pbswinstall_op_report is appendedwith parameter information used during the installation/uninstallation process. The file is placed in the/etc directory. The contents of this file may be valuable for diagnosing issues with the installation/uninstallation of PBS Control.

1. Login to the PBS Server.

2. Download the installer tarball PBSControl_Installation_2018.3_401_20181008_042733.tarfrom the download location.

3. Navigate to the directory where the installer tarball was copied by changing your workingdirectory.

4. Extract the contents of the tarball:tar -xvf PBSControl_Installation_2018.3_401_20181008_042733.tar

A directory called PBSControl_Installation is created.

5. Navigate to the PBSControl_Installation directory:cd PBSControl_Installation

6. Invoke the installer by running the installation binary:./run_installer

Tip: If a broken installation is detected then the following message is displayed:

There was a non-fixable broken installation!!Would you like to uninstall? (Y/N)

Enter Y and press ENTER. Once the broken installation is completely removed, try toinstall PBS Control again.

7. Read the introduction, verify the prerequisites for installation, and press ENTER.

8. Page through the license agreement by pressing ENTER until you are asked to accept its terms andconditions.

9. Accept the license agreement by entering 1 and pressing ENTER.

10. Choose the Advanced installation type by entering 2 and pressing ENTER.

11. Choose the Analyze component by entering 5 and pressing ENTER.

12. Choose to install the Data Collector by entering 2 and pressing ENTER.

13. Enter the hostname of the machine where PBS Control Web Application is installed and pressENTER.

14. Enter the license server in the format port@hostname and press ENTER.

15. Enter the hostname of the machine where the Analytics component was installed.

16. Enter a username that who will be the PBS Control Service User and press ENTER.

The user must exist on the machine where you are installing PBS Control. All PBS Control servicesincluding the database instances run as this user.

17. Enter where you would like to install the execution binaries (PC_EXEC) or press ENTER to use thedefault location.

18. Enter where you would like to install the configuration files (PC_HOME) or press ENTER to use thedefault location.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 39: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide2 Installing PBS Control p.35

19. Review the installation summary and then press ENTER to install the product.The installation may take some time to complete.

20. Stop the Data Collector:systemctl stop pbsworks-dc

21. Update the system path to include the path to the Analytics Commands:export PATH=$PATH:PC_EXEC/dc/scripts/pbsa-commands/bin

22. Edit the file PC_HOME/config/dc/config/config.xml.

23. Update the value of the XML element <entry key=”fqdn”> and provide a unique FQDN:<entry key="fqdn">UNIQUE_FQDN</entry>

24. Write down the unique FQDN provided for this Data Collector.

You will need to provide this information when configuring the Analytics component post-installation.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 40: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide2 Installing PBS Control p.36

2.5 Installing PBS Control Without InternetConnectivityInstall PBS Control on a machine that does not have access to the internet. This requires a manualinstallation of PBSCloud.

2.5.1 Installing DockerInstall Docker from a package or binaries.

• Installation must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

1. Login to a machine with internet connectivity.

2. Download the Docker package or binaries using these instructions:

• For RHEL/CentOS, use these instructions: Install Docker CE from binaries.

• For SLES/SUSE, use these instructions: Install Docker EE from a package.

3. Login to the machine where PBS Control is going to be installed.

4. Copy the Docker package or binaries from the machine with internet connectivity using acommand such as scp.

5. Choose one of the following options to install and start Docker:

• For RHEL/CentOS, use these instructions: Install Docker CE from binaries.

• For SLES/SUSE, use these instructions: Install Docker EE from a package.

6. Add the user into the docker group:

Enter this command exactly as is. Do not replace $USER with a username.usermod -aG docker $USER

7. Open a new shell to load the new group permissions:

Enter this command exactly as is. Do not replace $USER with a username.su - $USER

Note: You will need to start a new shell once you have added the user to the dockergroup. Otherwise, you will get an error when trying to use the docker command.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 41: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide2 Installing PBS Control p.37

2.5.2 Installing MongoDBInstall MongoDB for use by the Web Application, Analytics, Configure, and Simulator components fordata storage.

Attention: If the Monitoring component is being installed stand-alone, then MongoDB doesnot need to be installed. Otherwise, if you are installing any of the other components (WebApplication, Analytics, Configure, Simulator), MongoDB must be installed.

Installation must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

Restriction: Only MongoDB 3.4 and 3.6 are supported.

MongoDB is used by the Web Application, Analytics, Configure and Simulator components for datastorage. Due to legal reasons, its installation could not be incorporated into the 2018.3 installer,therefore it must be manually installed, wherever the Analytics, Configure, and Simulator componentsare installed. Once MongoDB is installed, no other configuration is necessary.

1. Login to a machine with internet connectivity.

2. Download the MongoDB tarball.

3. Login to the machine where PBS Control is going to be installed.

4. Copy the MongoDB tarball from the machine with internet connectivity using a command such asscp.

5. Choose one of the following options:

• Follow these instructions to install MongoDB 3.4: Install MongoDB Community Edition FromTarball 3.4

• Follow these instructions to install MongoDB 3.6: Install MongoDB Community Edition FromTarball 3.6

2.5.3 Installing PBS ControlInstall all PBS Control components except PBSCloud using the Advanced installation type.

Review the installation prerequisites before proceeding.

Note: Installer log files are available in PC_INSTALLER/logs.

Several components use MongoDB for data storage, therefore there will be multiple database instancesrunning once this installation is complete. The Monitor component and PBS Professional use Postgres fordata storage, therefore there will be two Postgres database instances running after this installation iscomplete.

Every time PBS Control is installed or uninstalled a file called pbswinstall_op_report is appendedwith parameter information used during the installation/uninstallation process. The file is placed in the/etc directory. The contents of this file may be valuable for diagnosing issues with the installation/uninstallation of PBS Control.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 42: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide2 Installing PBS Control p.38

1. Login to the machine where PBS Control is to be installed.

2. Download the installer tarball PBSControl_Installation_2018.3_401_20181008_042733.tarfrom the download location.

3. Navigate to the directory where the installer tarball was copied by changing your workingdirectory.

4. Extract the contents of the tarball:tar -xvf PBSControl_Installation_2018.3_401_20181008_042733.tar

A directory called PBSControl_Installation is created.

5. Navigate to the PBSControl_Installation directory:cd PBSControl_Installation

6. Invoke the installer by running the installation binary:./run_installer

Tip: If a broken installation is detected then the following message is displayed:

There was a non-fixable broken installation!!Would you like to uninstall? (Y/N)

Enter Y and press ENTER. Once the broken installation is completely removed, try toinstall PBS Control again.

7. Read the introduction, verify the prerequisites for installation, and press ENTER.

8. Page through the license agreement by pressing ENTER until you are asked to accept its terms andconditions.

9. Accept the license agreement by entering 1 and pressing ENTER.

10. Choose the Advanced installation type by entering 2 and pressing ENTER.

11. Choose to install all components except for PBSCloud by entering 1,2,3,4,5 and pressing ENTER.

12. Enter the hostname of the machine where PBSCloud will be installed and press ENTER.

13. Enter the license server in the format port@hostname and press ENTER.

14. Choose to install both the Analytics component and the Data Collector by entering 3 and pressingENTER.

15. Enter a username that who will be the PBS Control Service User and press ENTER.

The user must exist on the machine where you are installing PBS Control. All PBS Control servicesincluding the database instances run as this user.

16. Enter where you would like to install the execution binaries (PC_EXEC) or press ENTER to use thedefault location.

17. Enter where you would like to install the configuration files (PC_HOME) or press ENTER to use thedefault location.

18. Review the installation summary and then press ENTER to install the product.The installation may take some time to complete.

19. Once the installation is complete, set the Service User's PAS password by issuing the command:su - SERVICE_USER -c "PAS_EXEC/pas-commands/bin/pas-passwd"

Where SERVICE_USER is the username of the Service User.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 43: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide2 Installing PBS Control p.39

2.5.4 Installing the Analytics Data CollectorInstall the Analytics Data Collector on each PBS Professional complex.

• Installation must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

• Installation must be done on a machine running on a supported platform.

• The Data Collector must have access to the machine hosting the Analytics component.

In previous versions of PBSA, if a site had clusters with the same fully qualified domain name (FQDN),then the Analytics data was aggregated for both clusters under a single FQDN. A new feature has beenimplemented that allows Analytics data for clusters having the same FQDN to be tracked separately.Each Data Collector must be configured with a unique FQDN after the Data Collector is installed.

Note: Installer log files are available in PC_INSTALLER/logs.

Every time PBS Control is installed or uninstalled a file called pbswinstall_op_report is appendedwith parameter information used during the installation/uninstallation process. The file is placed in the/etc directory. The contents of this file may be valuable for diagnosing issues with the installation/uninstallation of PBS Control.

1. Login to the PBS Server.

2. Download the installer tarball PBSControl_Installation_2018.3_401_20181008_042733.tarfrom the download location.

3. Navigate to the directory where the installer tarball was copied by changing your workingdirectory.

4. Extract the contents of the tarball:tar -xvf PBSControl_Installation_2018.3_401_20181008_042733.tar

A directory called PBSControl_Installation is created.

5. Navigate to the PBSControl_Installation directory:cd PBSControl_Installation

6. Invoke the installer by running the installation binary:./run_installer

Tip: If a broken installation is detected then the following message is displayed:

There was a non-fixable broken installation!!Would you like to uninstall? (Y/N)

Enter Y and press ENTER. Once the broken installation is completely removed, try toinstall PBS Control again.

7. Read the introduction, verify the prerequisites for installation, and press ENTER.

8. Page through the license agreement by pressing ENTER until you are asked to accept its terms andconditions.

9. Accept the license agreement by entering 1 and pressing ENTER.

10. Choose the Advanced installation type by entering 2 and pressing ENTER.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 44: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide2 Installing PBS Control p.40

11. Choose the Analyze component by entering 5 and pressing ENTER.

12. Choose to install the Data Collector by entering 2 and pressing ENTER.

13. Enter the hostname of the machine where PBS Control Web Application is installed and pressENTER.

14. Enter the license server in the format port@hostname and press ENTER.

15. Enter the hostname of the machine where the Analytics component was installed.

16. Enter a username that who will be the PBS Control Service User and press ENTER.

The user must exist on the machine where you are installing PBS Control. All PBS Control servicesincluding the database instances run as this user.

17. Enter where you would like to install the execution binaries (PC_EXEC) or press ENTER to use thedefault location.

18. Enter where you would like to install the configuration files (PC_HOME) or press ENTER to use thedefault location.

19. Review the installation summary and then press ENTER to install the product.The installation may take some time to complete.

20. Stop the Data Collector:systemctl stop pbsworks-dc

21. Update the system path to include the path to the Analytics Commands:export PATH=$PATH:PC_EXEC/dc/scripts/pbsa-commands/bin

22. Edit the file PC_HOME/config/dc/config/config.xml.

23. Update the value of the XML element <entry key=”fqdn”> and provide a unique FQDN:<entry key="fqdn">UNIQUE_FQDN</entry>

24. Write down the unique FQDN provided for this Data Collector.

You will need to provide this information when configuring the Analytics component post-installation.

2.5.5 Installing PBSCloud ManuallyManually install PBSCloud when there is no access to the internet.

When the machine where PBS Control is installed is not connected to the internet, a manual installationof PBSCloud is necessary. Docker must be installed on a machine with internet connectivity. PBSCloudimages are then downloaded and saved using an installer script. The images are then copied to themachine where PBS Control is hosted and loaded. PBSCloud containers are installed, PBSCloud isconfigured, started and initialized.

Installing DockerInstall Docker which is used to host Cloud.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 45: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide2 Installing PBS Control p.41

Installing Docker for RHEL and CentOSInstall Docker for RHEL and CentOS platforms.

• Installation must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

• You must have access to a machine that has internet connectivity and it must have the sameoperating system as the one where PBS Control is going to be installed.

• 20GB free space on /var/lib/docker.

• For more information about installing Docker CE see Get Docker CE for CentOS.

1. Login to a machine that has internet connectivity.

2. Install required packages.yum install -y yum-utils

3. Setup the docker repository:yum-config-manager --add-repo \https://download.docker.com/linux/centos/docker-ce.repo

4. Install the packets and its dependencies:yum install docker-ce

5. Add the user into the docker group:

Enter this command exactly as is. Do not replace $USER with a username.usermod -aG docker $USER

6. Open a new shell to load the new group permissions:

Enter this command exactly as is. Do not replace $USER with a username.su - $USER

Note: You will need to start a new shell once you have added the user to the dockergroup. Otherwise, you will get an error when trying to use the docker command.

7. Start Docker.systemctl start dockersystemctl enable docker

Installing Docker for SLES and SUSEInstall Docker for SLES and SUSE platforms.

• Installation must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

• You must have access to a machine that has internet connectivity and it must have the sameoperating system as the one where PBS Control is going to be installed.

• 20GB free space on /var/lib/docker.

• Docker CE is not supported on SLES, therefore Docker EE must be installed.

1. Login to a machine that has internet connectivity.

2. Install and start the latest version of Docker EE by following these instructions Get Docker EE forSLES.

3. Verify that the file /usr/bin/docker-init exists.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 46: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide2 Installing PBS Control p.42

4. If the file does not exist:

a) Download the tarball for the latest version of Docker from the Docker repository:

https://download.docker.com/linux/static/stable/x86_64/

b) Extract the archive to /tmp:tar zxvf docker-18.06.1-ce.tgz -C /tmp

c) Execute the command:cp /tmp/docker/docker-init /usr/bin/

5. Add the user into the docker group:

Enter this command exactly as is. Do not replace $USER with a username.usermod -aG docker $USER

6. Open a new shell to load the new group permissions:

Enter this command exactly as is. Do not replace $USER with a username.su - $USER

Note: You will need to start a new shell once you have added the user to the dockergroup. Otherwise, you will get an error when trying to use the docker command.

7. Start Docker.systemctl start dockersystemctl enable docker

Download and Save the PBSCloud ImagesUse a PBSCloud download script to download and save PBSCloud images.

The installer script must be run on a machine having internet connectivity. This machine must haveDocker installed.

Use PBScloud_images_installer.sh to download and save the PBSCloud images.

1. Login to the machine with internet connectivity where Docker was installed.

2. Download the PBSCloud configuration tar file config.tar.gz.

3. Download the PBSCloud installer script.

4. Executed the following command:./PBScloud_images_installer.sh save

The PBSCloud images are downloaded and saved to a directory called PBScloud_images.

Load the PBSCloud ImagesUse a PBSCloud download script to load the PBSCloud images.

1. Login to the machine where PBS Control is installed.

2. Copy the PBSCloud installer script from the machine with internet connectivity using a commandsuch as scp.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 47: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide2 Installing PBS Control p.43

3. Copy the PBScloud_images directory from the machine with internet connectivity using acommand such as scp.

Make sure to copy the PBScloud_images directory to the same location asPBScloud_images_installer.sh (same level).

4. Executed the following command:./PBScloud_images_installer.sh load

The PBSCloud images are loaded.

Installing the PBSCloud ContainersUse Pocker to install the PBSCloud containers.

• The following steps must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudocommand.

Pocker is a Docker wrapper, designed to setup, install and manage the PBSCloud containers.

1. Create an environment variable for the PBSCloud version:export PBSCLOUD_VERSION=2018.3

2. Copy the PBSCloud configuration tar file config.tar.gz fr from the machine with internetconnectivity using a command such as scp.

3. Untar config.tar.gz to the home directory of the user who is installing PBSCloud:tar xvfz config.tar.gz -C HOMEDIR

Replace HOMEDIR with the value of the current user’s home directory. For example, /users/tsmith.

4. Run the Pocker container used to setup and install PBSCloud:docker run -ti --rm -e PBSCLOUD_VERSION=$PBSCLOUD_VERSION \-v /run/docker.sock:/run/docker.sock \-v HOMEDIR/config:/config \-v HOMEDIR/kard:/pocker/kard pbscloudio.azurecr.io/pocker:$PBSCLOUD_VERSION bash

Replace HOMEDIR with the value of the current user’s home directory. For example, /users/tsmith.

5. Create your deployment environment definition:pocker kard create $PBSCLOUD_VERSION -e pbscloud \--extra tag=$PBSCLOUD_VERSION ui_port=9980 \config_tpl_folder=/config/ ui_url_prefix='/pclm'

Linking PBSCloud with the PBS Works License ServerConfigure PBSCloud so that it can access the PBS Works license server.

The following steps must be executed as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudocommand.

Licensing for cloud bursting is done through the PBS Control licensing service. This service is installedwhen the PBS Control Web Interface component is installed. If PBS Control has not been installed yet,

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 48: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide2 Installing PBS Control p.44

you will need the hostname or IP address of the machine where it is going to be installed to configurePBSCloud for licensing.

1. Navigate to the directory HOMEDIR/kard/current/site_config.

Replace HOMEDIR with the value of the home directory of the user who installed PBSCloud.

2. Create/edit the file pacioli.conf and add the following lines to the file:[drivers]method=pbsworks [[pacioli.drivers.pbsworks]]auth_url=http://CLOUD_IP_ADDRESS:9980/pclmhost=http://PC_WEB_INTERFACE_HOSTNAME:9100

Replace PC_WEB_INTERFACE_HOSTNAME with the hostname/IP address of the machine wherethe PBS Control Web Interface is installed. Replace CLOUD_IP_ADDRESS with the hostname/IPaddress of the machine where PBSCloud is installed.

3. Save the file.

4. Create an environment variable for the PBSCloud version:export PBSCLOUD_VERSION=2018.3

5. Run the Pocker container used to setup and install PBSCloud:docker run -ti --rm -e PBSCLOUD_VERSION=$PBSCLOUD_VERSION \-v /run/docker.sock:/run/docker.sock \-v HOMEDIR/config:/config \-v HOMEDIR/kard:/pocker/kard pbscloudio.azurecr.io/pocker:$PBSCLOUD_VERSION bash

Replace HOMEDIR with the value of the home directory of the user who installed PBSCloud.

6. Update the kard:pocker kard update

7. Update the Docker context:pocker kard make

Configuring a SMTP Server for Cloud Bursting Quota AlertsSet up a SMTP server so that when a cloud bursting resource alert limit is reached an email is sent tothe PBSCloud Administrator.

• The PBSCloud Administrator is defined when PBSCloud is started and initialized.

• The following steps must be executed as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudocommand.

1. Navigate to the directory HOMEDIR/kard/current/site_config.

Replace HOMEDIR with the value of the home directory of the user who installed PBSCloud.

2. Create/edit the file executor.conf and add the following lines to the file:[smtp]host=SMTP_SERVER_HOSTNAME/IP_ADDRESSport=SMTP_SERVER_PORT_NOlogin=SMTP_LOGIN_USERNAMEpassword=SMTP_LOGIN_PASSWORD

The SMTP Server port number defaults to 25.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 49: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide2 Installing PBS Control p.45

Note: The value of login and password can be left blank if a username and passwordare not necessary to use the SMTP server.

3. Save the file.

4. Create/edit the file guardian.conf and add the following lines to the file:[smtp]host=SMTP_SERVER_HOSTNAME/IP_ADDRESSport=SMTP_SERVER_PORT_NOlogin=SMTP_LOGIN_USERNAMEpassword=SMTP_LOGIN_PASSWORD

The SMTP Server port number defaults to 25.

Note: The value of login and password can be left blank if a username and passwordare not necessary to use the SMTP server.

5. Save the file.

6. Create an environment variable for the PBSCloud version:export PBSCLOUD_VERSION=2018.3

7. Run the Pocker container used to setup and install PBSCloud:docker run -ti --rm -e PBSCLOUD_VERSION=$PBSCLOUD_VERSION \-v /run/docker.sock:/run/docker.sock \-v HOMEDIR/config:/config \-v HOMEDIR/kard:/pocker/kard pbscloudio.azurecr.io/pocker:$PBSCLOUD_VERSION bash

Replace HOMEDIR with the value of the home directory of the user who installed PBSCloud.

8. Update the kard:pocker kard update

9. Update the Docker context:pocker kard make

Starting and Initializing PBSCloudStart and initialize PBSCloud using Pocker.

The following steps must be executed as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudocommand.

1. Generate your environment:pocker kard make

2. Start PBSCloud:pocker start

3. Initialize PBSCloud by entering the command:pocker ext init full --domain_name <domain_name> \--username <admin_username> --password '<admin_password>' \--user_email '<admin_email>'

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 50: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide2 Installing PBS Control p.46

The values between the <> are used during the PBS Control installation process to link PBSCloudand PBS Control. You will need to replace these four values:

The domain_name does not have to be a true DNS domain, but it a group name for your project.It cannot include a period ( . ).

The admin_username and admin_password identify the credentials of the PBSCloud Administrator.The admin_username should not contain an asterisk ( * ). The admin_password must be at least6 characters in length and must contain at least one number.

Note: Email alerts are sent to the PBSCloud Administrator when a cloud burstingresource alert limit is reached.

Below is an example:

pocker ext init full --domain_name chrysler --username tsmith --password 'password@123' --user_email '[email protected]'The output of this command contains keys to unlock the vault and main passwords. Copy theoutput of this command and store it in a location where you can find it easily.

Perform the following steps after installation of PBS Control:

4. Navigate to the directory: PC_HOME/data/api_gateway.

5. Edit the file: Cloud_io_Credentials.json.

This file contains a key-value pair for "username" and "password" "username":"admin@altair", "password":"TM9RHX9nNLX0riiPM3/T6w=="

6. Change the value of username to those values entered while initializing PBSCloud (step 3 above)in the format admin_username@domain_name.Ex. tsmith@chrysler

7. Encrypt the password (admin_password) entered while initializing PBSCloud (step 3 above):./<EXEC>/exec/api_gateway/scripts/password_encryption.sh encrypt <admin_password>

Note: The output of this script is the encrypted password.

8. Copy the output from the previous step and paste it into the Cloud_io_Credentials.json file asthe value of password.

9. Save the file Cloud_io_Credentials.json.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 51: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

Post-Installation Configuration 3

3 Post-Installation Configuration

This chapter covers the following:

• 3.1 Settings the PBSCloud Administrator's Email (p. 48)

• 3.2 Configuring a SMTP Server for Cloud Bursting Quota Alerts (p. 49)

• 3.3 Configuring a SMTP Server for Monitoring Alerts (p. 50)

• 3.4 Opening Ports (p. 51)

• 3.5 Setting up the Analytics Environment (p. 52)

• 3.6 Configuring Analytics (p. 53)

• 3.7 Starting the Data Collectors (p. 59)

• 3.8 Logging into PBS Control (p. 60)

• 3.9 Granting Access Privileges (p. 61)

Page 52: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide3 Post-Installation Configuration p.48

3.1 Settings the PBSCloud Administrator's EmailSpecify the PBSCloud Administrator's email address so that cloud bursting alerts can be sent to thatemail address.

1. Open a supported browser and navigate to http://HOSTNAME:9980/pclm/.

Where HOSTNAME is the hostname or IP address of the machine where PBSCloud is installed.

2. Login using the default PBSCloud Administrator credentials.

username = admin@altair and password = Altair@123

3. Navigate to to http://HOSTNAME:9980/pclm/#/user-profile.

Where HOSTNAME is the hostname or IP address of the machine where PBSCloud is installed.

4. For E-mail, enter the email address where cloud bursting alerts should be sent.

5. Click Save.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 53: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide3 Post-Installation Configuration p.49

3.2 Configuring a SMTP Server for Cloud BurstingQuota AlertsSet up a SMTP server so that when a cloud bursting resource alert limit is reached an email is sent tothe PBSCloud Administrator.

The following steps must be executed as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudocommand.

1. Login to the machine hosting PBSCloud.

2. Navigate to the directory PC_HOME/cloudio/kard/current/site_config.

3. Create/edit the file executor.conf and add the following lines to the file:[smtp]host=SMTP_SERVER_HOSTNAME/IP_ADDRESSport=SMTP_SERVER_PORT_NOlogin=SMTP_LOGIN_USERNAMEpassword=SMTP_LOGIN_PASSWORD

The SMTP Server port number defaults to 25.

Note: The value of login and password can be left blank if a username and passwordare not necessary to use the SMTP server.

4. Save the file.

5. Create/edit the file guardian.conf and add the following lines to the file:[smtp]host=SMTP_SERVER_HOSTNAME/IP_ADDRESSport=SMTP_SERVER_PORT_NOlogin=SMTP_LOGIN_USERNAMEpassword=SMTP_LOGIN_PASSWORD

The SMTP Server port number defaults to 25.

Note: The value of login and password can be left blank if a username and passwordare not necessary to use the SMTP server.

6. Save the file.

7. Restart the executor and the guardian containers:docker restart executor-api guardian

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 54: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide3 Post-Installation Configuration p.50

3.3 Configuring a SMTP Server for Monitoring AlertsConfigure a SMTP server so that Monitoring email alerts are sent to specified users.

A new feature allows alerts to be sent via email to specified users when a nodes goes offline, CPUutilization drops below or rise above a specified percentage, or when a cluster becomes unavailable.These alerts are configured via the Monitoring tab.

If a Postfix SMTP server is installed on the machine where PBS Control is installed and it is running onport 25, then email notifications will be sent for the subscribed alerts.

To use another SMTP server to send the emails, provide the hostname and port of the SMPT server andalso the authentication credentials.

The following steps must be executed as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudocommand.

1. Login to the machine hosting the Web Application.

2. Edit the file PC_HOME/config/wsbridge/smtp.json.{ "host": "localhost", "port": 25}

3. Update this file with the appropriate SMTP server information.{ "host": "smpt.gmail.com", "port": 587, "user": "[email protected]", "pass": "password"}

4. Save the file.

5. Restart PBS Control:pbs-control-manager restart

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 55: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide3 Post-Installation Configuration p.51

3.4 Opening PortsOpen ports for communication with external locations.

Some ports need to be opened for communication with external locations and should be open on yourfirewall to allow for this communication.

1. Login to the machine where Cloud is installed.

2. Open the following ports:

• 3000 - Prometheus Cloud UI monitoring

• 5601 - ELK Stack

• 9980 - Cloud UI

• 19980 - CloudFlow

3. Login to the machine where the Web Application is installed.

4. Open the following port:

• 9500 - PBS Control Gateway

5. Login to the machine where the Data Collector is installed.

6. Open the following port:

• 9343 - Analytics Data Collector HTTPS

7. If PBS Control has been deployed across several machines (distributed deployment):

a) Login to each machine where PBS Control components have been distributed.

b) Open the following ports:

• 9820 - Messagerouter HTTP

• 9835 - MessageRouter DB

• 9840 - RabbitMQ TCP

• 9850 - Service framework HTTP

• 9860 - Service Framework MongoDB

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 56: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide3 Post-Installation Configuration p.52

3.5 Setting up the Analytics EnvironmentCopy preserved Analytics configuration files and reset the Analytics database password.

The following steps must be executed as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudocommand.

1. Login to the machine where Analytics is installed.

2. Stop Analytics:systemctl stop pbsworks-pbsa

3. Copy the Analytics configuration files that were preserved prior to uninstalling the older version ofPBSA to the directory: PC_HOME/config/pbsa/services/pbsa/parser/modules/pbsdata/config.

4. Update the system path to include the path to the Analytics Commands:export PATH=\$PATH:PC_EXEC/pbsa/scripts/pbsa-commands/bin:PC_EXEC/dc/scripts/pbsacommands/bin

5. Reset the Analytics database password from the default of “pbsworks@123” to a secure site-specific password.pbsa-data-password OLD_PASSWORD NEW_PASSWORD

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 57: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide3 Post-Installation Configuration p.53

3.6 Configuring AnalyticsConfiguration is no longer necessary prior to starting Analytics. However, configuring allows you as anadministrator to supply information so that richer more meaningful charts can be produced.

3.6.1 Configuring the FQDN Name of Data CollectorsConfigure each Data Collector with a unique FQDN.

Before you begin this section is would be helpful to review the information in Supplying AnalyticsHistorical Node Information.

In previous versions of PBSA, if a site had clusters with the same fully qualified domain name (FQDN),then the analytics data was aggregated for both clusters under a single FQDN. A new feature has beenimplemented that allows analytics data for clusters having the same FQDN to be tracked separately. Youshould have already assigned a unique FQDN when the Data Collectors were installed. If you chooseto provide historical node information after installation, then you must use the unique FQDN providedwhen you installed the Data Collector.

1. Login to the machine hosting Analytics.

2. Optionally, generate historical node details using the pbsa-config-nodes command using theunique FQDN provided when installing the Data Collector.pbsa-config-nodes HOSTNAME FQDN FILE [options]

3. Edit the file PC_HOME/config/pbsa/config/integration.properties.

4. Change the value of licensingfqdn to false.

5. Once the Data Collectors are started, register the clusters via the Monitor tab in PBS Control.

a) For Cluster Name provide the FQDN supplied when installing the Data Collector.

It is July 1st, 2018 and PBSA 2018.2 is being installed today at a site with two clusters:

Cluster #1 - hostname=cluster1 FQDN=CAE.altair.com UNIQUE FQDN = fqdn_cluster1

Cluster #2 - hostname=cluster2 FQDN=CAE.altair.com UNIQUE FQDN = fqdn_cluster1

Note: The UNIQUE FQDN can be the same as the cluster's hostname. However,for documentation purposes, the FQDN has purposely been given a distinctvalue.

1. Login to the machine hosting PBS Control.

2. Generate historical node details.

For instance, to generate historical node information for 2018 from January 1st to June30th:

pbsa-config-nodes cluster1 fqdn_cluster1 cluster1_pbsnodes_.out --start-date=2018-01-01 --end-date=2018-06-30

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 58: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide3 Post-Installation Configuration p.54

pbsa-config-nodes cluster2 fqdn_cluster2 cluster2_pbsnodes_.out --start-date=2018-01-01 --end-date=2018-06-30

3. Edit the file PC_HOME/config/pbsa/config/integration.properties.

4. Change the value of licensingfqdn to false.

5. Login to PBS Control and navigate to the Monitor tab.

6. Click Manage Clusters.

7. Add cluster1 by entering “fqdn_cluster1” as the Cluster Name and “cluster1” as the Host.

8. Add cluster2 by entering “fqdn_cluster2” as the Cluster Name and “cluster2” as the Host.

3.6.2 Supplying Analytics Historical Node InformationProvide PBS node information for dates prior to the installation of PBS Control.

Once PBS Control is installed and the Data Collectors are started, node details information isautomatically generated from today’s date and any future dates. Node information only needs to besupplied for historical dates, that is any date prior to PBS Control being installed and started. You cando this by preserving Analytics configuration files (nodedetails_YYYY.conf) from a previous installationof PBSA and using them to configure the Analytics 2018.3 component.

If your site has already generated a node details file for the current year and you want to use this file toconfigure node details for those days in the current year that have already passed, then the TO_DATEon all the Server, Node, and Vnode record types contained in the node details file should be modified.

For example, if today is July 1st, 2018 and PBS Control 2018.3 is being installed today:

1. Edit the nodedetails_2018.conf file.

2. Update the TO_DATE to “2018-06-30” for all Server, Node, and Vnode records.

This procedure preserves any cluster node configuration details up to the current date.

If you do not have any historical node details files, follow the below steps to generate historical nodeinformation for each PBS Complex.

If you choose to supply historical node information, you may do so at any time. Once the next Parsercycle completes, the Anlaytics charts will reflect those changes without having to reparse the accountinglogs.

1. Login to the PBS Server.

2. Obtain node information for a PBS Complex:pbsnodes -av > pbsnodes1.out

The output of this command should be written to an output file.

3. Use the pbsa-setup-counsellor command to provide information about nodes that are found inthe accounting log, but are missing from the pbsnodes -av output.

4. Add missing nodes to the output file from the pbsnodes -av command.

These nodes need to be manually added to the pbsnodes -av output file, otherwise the Analyticscannot account for those accounting log entries specific to those nodes.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 59: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide3 Post-Installation Configuration p.55

5. Login to the machine hosting Analytics.

6. Use the pbsa-config-nodes command to configure node information for the PBS ProfessionalComplex.pbsa-config-nodes HOSTNAME [HOSTNAME_FAILOVER] FQDN FILE [options]

Where HOSTNAME is the hostname of the PBS Complex (as specified in the PBS Professionalaccounting logs), HOSTNAME_FAILOVER is the failover server, FQDN is the fully qualified domainname of the PBS Complex (make sure to use the unique FQDN supplied after installing the DataCollector), and FILE is the file containing the output from the pbsnodes -av command.

Example:

You will need to create a node details file for every year for which your site has accounting logdata.

Past years are configured based on the current PBS Professional Complex node configuration,namely, the output from pbsnodes -av.

For example, a site has three PBS Professional complexes: complex A, complex B, and complexC.

The site has accounting log data ranging from 2016 to 2018. Today’s date is July 1st, 2018and PBS Control 2018.3 is being installed today. Create a node details file for the years 2016through 2018 by performing the following commands:

Execute the following commands to create a node details file for 2016 for each PBS Professionalcomplex:

pbsa-config-nodes serverA serverA.ms.com pbsnodes_cmplxA.out --start-date=2016-01-01 --end-date=2016-12-31

pbsa-config-nodes serverB serverB.ms.com pbsnodes_cmplxB.out --start-date=2016-01-01 --end-date=2016-12-31

pbsa-config-nodes serverC serverC.ms.com pbsnodes_cmplxC.out --start-date=2016-01-01 --end-date=2016-12-31

Execute the following commands to create a node details file for 2017 for each PBS Professionalcomplex:

pbsa-config-nodes serverA serverA.ms.com pbsnodes_cmplxA.out --start-date=2017-01-01 --end-date=2017-12-31

pbsa-config-nodes serverB serverB.ms.com pbsnodes_cmplxB.out --start-date=2017-01-01 --end-date=2017-12-31

pbsa-config-nodes serverC serverC.ms.com pbsnodes_cmplxC.out --start-date=2017-01-01 --end-date=2017-12-31

Execute the following commands to create a node details file for 2018 for each PBS Professionalcomplex. Make sure to set the end date of the configuration to be the last day before installingPBS Control. For this example, the end date is set to June 30, 2018.

pbsa-config-nodes serverA serverA.ms.com pbsnodes_cmplxA.out --start-date=2018-01-01 --end-date=2018-06-30

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 60: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide3 Post-Installation Configuration p.56

pbsa-config-nodes serverB serverB.ms.com pbsnodes_cmplxB.out --start-date=2018-01-01 --end-date=2018-06-30

pbsa-config-nodes serverC serverC.ms.com pbsnodes_cmplxC.out --start-date=2018-01-01 --end-date=2018-06-30

3.6.3 Configuring Holidays

By default, Analytics is configured with a single holiday, New Year’s day, for the years 2011 through2018.

Use the pbsa-config-holidays command to add a holiday:

Note: Default entries may be removed using the pbsa-config-holidays --remove option.

Any changes to the holiday information will be incorporated in the next parsing cycle.

1. Login to the machine hosting Analytics.

2. Execute the command:pbsa-config-holidays {HOLIDAY|WEEKDAY} [options]

Execute the following command to add a holiday that takes place over a single day.

pbsa-config-holidays MemorialDay --start-date=2016-05-25 --enddate=2016-05-25

Execute the following command to add a holiday that takes place over multiple days.

pbsa-config-holidays Thanksgiving --start-date=2016-11-26 --end-date=2016-11-27

Execute the following command to add a holiday that takes place in a previous year.

pbsa-config-holidays Thanksgiving --start-date=2014-11-27 --end-date=2014-11-28

3.6.4 Configure Prime and Non-Prime HoursAdd prime and non-prime time hours for a weekday.

By default, Analytics is configured with prime and non-prime time hours for the years 2011 through2018. Prime times hours for Monday through Friday begin at 09:00 am. Non-prime time hours begin at5:30 pm. For Saturday and Sunday, the entire day is scheduled as non-prime time.

Use the pbsa-config-holidays command to add prime and non-prime hours per WEEKDAY:

Note: Default entries may be removed using the pbsa-config-holidays --remove option.

Any changes to the prime/non-prime time information will be incorporated in the next parsing cycle.

1. Login to the machine hosting Analytics.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 61: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide3 Post-Installation Configuration p.57

2. Execute the command:pbsa-config-holidays {HOLIDAY|WEEKDAY} [options]

Execute the following command to configure prime time to start at 9:00 am and non-prime tostart at 6:00 pm for Monday.

pbsa-config-holidays monday --prime-time=09:00 --non-prime-time=18:00

Execute the following command to configure prime time to start at 8:00 am and non-primetime to start at 5:30 pm for Monday. Prime time start defaults to 8:00 am and non-prime startdefaults to 5:30 pm (17:30).

pbsa-config-holidays monday

Execute the following command to configure prime and non-prime time hours for any weekdays(Monday-Friday) not specified separately. For instance, if prime time and non-prime time havealready been specified for the days Monday and Tuesday, then this command will specify primetime and non-prime time for the days Wednesday through Friday.

pbsa-config-holidays weekdays --prime-time=09:00 --non-prime-time=18:00

Execute the following command to configure prime time to start at 9:00 am and non-prime timeto start at 6:00 pm for weekends (Saturday and Sunday).

pbsa-config-holidays weekends --prime-time=09:00 --non-prime-time=18:00

Execute the following command to configure prime time to start at 9:00 am and non-prime tostart at 6:00 pm for Monday for the year 2014 (a previous year’s configuration).

pbsa-config-holidays monday --prime-time=09:00 --non-prime-time=18:00 --start-date=2014-01-01

3.6.5 Configuring Exit Codes

Analytics maps exit codes to a reason to track the success or failure of a job. Analytics is configured bydefault with two exit reasons “Successful” and “Unsuccessful” that are mapped to specific exit codes.

Use the pbsa-config-exits command to map an exit code to a reason.

Analytics is configured with a default group “Still-Running”. Do not delete this default exit code.

If changes are made to exit codes after the initial parsing cycle is complete, any parsed data must bediscarded and all PBS Professional accounting logs have to be reparsed.

1. Login to the machine hosting Analytics.

2. Execute the command:pbsa-config-exits {EXIT_CODE[,EXIT_CODE] | EXIT_CODE-EXIT_CODE} [options]

Execute the following command to map an exit code of “1” to the reason “Successful” for theapplication PBSJobApp.

pbsa-config-exits 1 --reason=Successful --application=PBSJobApp

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 62: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide3 Post-Installation Configuration p.58

Execute the following command to map a list of exit codes to th default reason “Unspecified” forall applications (default).

pbsa-config-exits 2,143,255

3.6.6 Configuring Custom GroupsAdd a user to a custom group to track utilization at a project level.

Custom groups are used to track utilization at a project level for sites running versions of PBSProfessional prior to 11.2. When a user is added to a custom group, they are essentially being addedto a project. The preferred method for tracking utilization at a project level is the use of the -P optionwhen submitting a job via the PBS Professional qsub command.

Analytics is configured with a default group “OTHERS” for the years 2011 through 2018. Do not deletethis default group.

Use the pbsa-config-groups command to add a user to a custom group.

Once the accounting logs are parsed for the first time, modifications to the current year's informationshould only be done in two situations and do not require any reparsing of accounting logs.

1. A user is assigned to a new project.

Use the pbsa-config-groups command to assign the user to the new project. Set the start date totoday's date or later. The end date can be set to a future date or "now".

2. A user completes an assignment.

Use the pbsa-config-groups command to update the user’s completion date by setting the end date tothe assignment completion date.

If the custom group information is modified for any other reason, then discard any parsed data andreparse all PBS Professional accounting logs.

1. Login to the machine hosting Analytics.

2. Execute the command:pbsa-config-groups USER CUSTOMGROUP [options]

Several engineers may be assigned to a project. To track the total number of jobs executed forthat project, Analytics must be configured so that it knows which users are assigned to thatproject.

The following command configures a user “tsmith” to be assigned to a custom group (i.e.,project) “CFD” from January 22, 2016 to November 23, 2016.

pbsa-config-groups tsmith CFD --start-date=2016-01-22 --end-date=2016-11-23

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 63: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide3 Post-Installation Configuration p.59

3.7 Starting the Data CollectorsStart the Data Collectors so that node information and accounting logs are copied to the machinehosting Analytics.

The following steps must be executed as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudocommand.

1. Login to the machine hosting the Data Collector.

2. Start the Data Collector:systemctl start pbsworks-dc

3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 for all Data Collectors.

The PBS Professional accounting logs is parsed once the accounting logs and node information from theData Collectors are copied to the machine where the Analytics component is installed.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 64: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide3 Post-Installation Configuration p.60

3.8 Logging into PBS ControlLogin to PBS Control using the URL https://<hostname>:9500/pc.

1. Open a supported web browser.

2. Enter the URL https://HOSTNAME:9500/pc.

Where HOSTNAME is the hostname or IP address of the machine where the PBS Control WebInterface component is installed.

The PBS Control login screen is displayed.

3. Enter your credentials in the username and password fields.

4. Click Log In.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 65: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide3 Post-Installation Configuration p.61

3.9 Granting Access PrivilegesEstablish access privileges for users other than the PBS Control Service User.

Grant access privileges to the various features of PBS Control by using the new Access Control feature.You can either add a user to one of the default roles or you can create a new role and add users to it.

Note: Users must be valid NIS/SSH users.

3.9.1 Default Roles and PrivilegesDescription of the default access control roles.

Access Control RolesTwo roles are available by default: Manager and Operator. These roles cannot be deleted, and theirassigned privileges cannot be changed, however additional users can be added to these roles.

By default, the Service User entered during the installation of PBS Control is assigned to the Managerrole and cannot be removed from this role.

ManagerA Manager has the highest level of access privilege. Managers can create cloud accounts andbursting scenarios, can view and act upon jobs and nodes, can configure the HPC workloadmanager, can view and modify analysis charts, can run simulations, and can grant and restrictaccess to the various features of PBS Control.

OperatorAn Operator has the next highest level of access privilege. Operators can view nodes and jobsinformation and can view alerts.

PrivilegesBy default, the following privilege levels are available:

Cloud AdminThis privilege allows full access to the features available via the Cloud tab, allowing the user tocreating cloud accounts and bursting scenarios.

Monitor ViewerThis privilege allows view-only access to the features available via the Monitor tab, allowing theuser to view jobs and node information and alerts.

Monitor AdminThis privilege allows full access to the features available via the Monitor tab, allowing the user tonot only view jobs and nodes information, but also to act upon the job and nodes. For example,placing a job on hold, deleting a job, or taking a node offline. Alerts can also be created.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 66: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide3 Post-Installation Configuration p.62

Configure AdminThis privilege allows full access to the features available via the Configure tab, allowing the userto change HPC workload manager settings and parameters.

Analyze AdminThis privilege allows full access to the features available via the Analyze tab, allowing the user toview, modify, and create analysis charts.

Simulate AdminThis privilege allows full access to the features available via the Simulate tab, allowing the user torun simulations and review simulation results.

When a user is not given privileges to one of the available components of PBS Control (Cloud,Configure, Monitor, Analyze, Simulate), then the associated tab is not displayed. For example, theOperator role by default is given only Monitor Viewer privileges. A user added to the Operator role willonly have view access to the Monitor tab after logging in. All other tabs are not displayed.

Please note that access to certain features available via the Monitor and Configure tab are alsocontrolled by access controls defined at the PBS Professional level. This is dependent upon thecredentials that are used to add the cluster. Once a cluster is added, subsequent administrative actionsare performed as the credentials utilized while adding the cluster. For example, if the user used toconnect to the HPC cluster has PBS Professional User privileges, then that user will not be able toconfigure the HPC workload manager settings via the Configure tab or take a node offline via theMonitor tab.

3.9.2 Adding a New RoleCreate a custom role for your site.

Review the default roles and privileges before adding a new role.

Two roles are available by default: Manager and Operator. Add additional roles per your site's needs.

1. Click .

2. Click

Figure 5: Add New Role

3. For Role Name, enter a name for the new role.

4. Add users to the role:

Tip: Enable All users to add all users to the role.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 67: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide3 Post-Installation Configuration p.63

a) Click .

Figure 6: Add Users to a Role

b) Enter a username.

c) Click Add.

d) Repeat steps a through c to add additional usernames to the role.

5. Choose the privileges to give to this role by enabling the appropriate check box.

6. Click Create.

3.9.3 Adding a User to a RoleAdd additional users to a role.

1. Click .

2. Choose a role by enabling the radio button next to the role.

Figure 7: Edit a Role

3. Click Edit.4. Add users to the role:

Tip: Enable All users to add all users to the role.

a) Click .

Figure 8: Add Users to a Role

b) Enter a username.

c) Click Add.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 68: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide3 Post-Installation Configuration p.64

d) Repeat steps a through c to add additional usernames to the role.

5. Click Update.

3.9.4 Changing the Privileges of a RoleAdd or remove access privileges for a role.

Review the default roles and privileges before changing the privileges of a role.

You cannot change the access privileges of the default Manager or Operator roles.

1. Click .

2. Choose a role by enabling the radio button next to the role.

Figure 9: Edit a Role

3. Click Edit.4. Change the privileges given to this role by enabling or disabling the appropriate check box.

5. Click Update.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 69: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

Uninstalling PBS Control 4

4 Uninstalling PBS Control

This chapter covers the following:

• 4.1 Stopping Bursted Cloud Nodes (p. 66)

• 4.2 Uninstalling PBS Control (p. 67)

• 4.3 Uninstalling PBSCloud after a Manual Installation (p. 68)

Page 70: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide4 Uninstalling PBS Control p.66

4.1 Stopping Bursted Cloud NodesStop bursted cloud nodes before PBS Control is uninstalled.

Bursted cloud nodes must be stopped before PBS Control can be uninstalled.

1. Delete all jobs from the cloud bursting queues using the qdel command.

2. Login to PBS Control.

3. Click Cloud.

4. Click the Bursting tab on the left-hand side of the web page.

5. Click on the name of the cloud bursting scenario.

6. Determine if there are any cloud bursted nodes by viewing the message displayed under theMachines heading.

7. Choose one of the following options:

• If you see the following message, it indicates that there are no cloud bursted nodes. Continueonto the next step.No machines are available

• If you do not see the following message, wait until it appears and then continue to the nextstep.No machines are available

8. Disable the cloud bursting hook.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 71: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide4 Uninstalling PBS Control p.67

4.2 Uninstalling PBS ControlUninstall all PBS Control services and third-party packages.

Uninstallation must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

Every time PBS Control is installed or uninstalled a file called pbswinstall_op_report is appendedwith parameter information used during the installation/uninstallation process. The file is placed in the/etc directory. The contents of this file may be valuable for diagnosing issues with the installation/uninstallation of PBS Control.

Note: All services are automatically stopped during the uninstallation process.

1. Login to the machine where PBS Control is installed.

2. Navigate to the directory where the installer tarball was copied by changing your workingdirectory.

3. Navigate to the PBSControl_Installation directory:cd PBSControl_Installation

4. Invoke the installer by running the installation binary:./run_installer

The following message is displayed:

Would you like to uninstall? (Yes/No):

Tip: If a broken installation is detected then the following message is displayed:

There was a non-fixable broken installation!!Would you like to uninstall? (Y/N)

Enter Y and press ENTER.

5. Enter Yes to uninstall the product and press ENTER.

It may take several minutes to uninstall PBS Control.

All services, files and third-party packages are removed, except for the pbswinstall_op_report file.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 72: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide4 Uninstalling PBS Control p.68

4.3 Uninstalling PBSCloud after a ManualInstallationRemove an instance of PBSCloud when it has been manually installed.

• You must stop PBSCloud before uninstalling it.

• Uninstallation must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

Only use the following procedure when PBSCloud was installed manually. If PBSCloud was installedusing the PBS Control installer, then use the PBS Control installer to remove PBSCloud.

1. Login to the machine where PBSCloud is installed.

2. Create an environment variable for the PBSCloud version:export PBSCLOUD_VERSION=2018.3

3. Connect to the pocker container:docker run -ti --rm -e PBSCLOUD_VERSION=$PBSCLOUD_VERSION \-v /run/docker.sock:/run/docker.sock \-v HOMEDIR/config:/config \-v HOMEDIR/kard:/pocker/kard pbscloudio.azurecr.io/pocker:$PBSCLOUD_VERSION bash

Replace HOMEDIR with the value of the home directory of the user who installed PBSCloud.

4. Clean PBSCloud services:pocker clean

5. Purge PBSCloud images:pocker image purge

6. Remove poker container:exitdocker image rm pbscloudio.azurecr.io/pocker:$PBSCLOUD_VERSIONrm -rf HOMEDIR/configrm -rf HOMEDIR/kard

Replace HOMEDIR with the value of the home directory of the user who installed PBSCloud.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 73: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

Starting and Stopping Services 5

5 Starting and Stopping Services

This chapter covers the following:

• 5.1 PBS Control Services (p. 70)

• 5.2 PBS Control Service Commands (p. 71)

• 5.3 PBSCloud Service Commands (p. 73)

• 5.4 Analytics Service Commands (p. 76)

Page 74: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide5 Starting and Stopping Services p.70

5.1 PBS Control ServicesService commands for starting and stopping PBS Control.

All Control services are stopped and started using a single command, except for the services associatedwith the Analytics and Cloud components. Those must be stopped and started separately.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 75: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide5 Starting and Stopping Services p.71

5.2 PBS Control Service Commands

5.2.1 Starting PBS ControlStart all PBS Control services.

Starting the PBS Control services must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using thesudo command.

The services for PBSCloud and Analytics must be started separately.

1. Login to the machine where PBS Control is installed.

2. Enter the following command to start PBS Control:pbs-control-manager start

5.2.2 Stopping PBS ControlStop all PBS Control services.

Stopping the PBS Control services must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using thesudo command.

The services for PBSCloud and Analytics must be stopped separately.

1. Login to the machine where PBS Control is installed.

2. Enter the following command to stop PBS Control:pbs-control-manager stop

5.2.3 Restarting PBS ControlRestart all PBS Control services.

Retarting the PBS Control services must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using thesudo command.

The services for PBSCloud and Analytics must be restarted separately.

1. Login to the machine where PBS Control is installed.

2. Enter the following command to restart PBS Control:pbs-control-manager restart

5.2.4 Determining the Status of all PBS Control ServicesDetermine whether a PBS Control service is up or down.

A separate command must be executed to determine the status of PBSCloud and Analytics.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 76: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide5 Starting and Stopping Services p.72

1. Login to the machine where PBS Control is installed.

2. Enter the following command to display the status of each PBS Control service:pbs-control-manager status

Messages similar to the following are displayed:pbsmonitor-postgres.service: PBS Monitor Server systemctl-status:loaded active exitedpbsmonitor.service: PBS Monitor Server systemctl-status:loaded active exitedpbswadmin-mongod.service: PBS Works Administrator MongoDB Daemon systemctl-status:loaded active runningpbswadmin-orchestrator.service: PBS Works Service Framework HTTP API systemctl-status:loaded active runningpbswadmin-worker.service: PBS Works Service Framework worker manager systemctl-status:loaded active runningpbswauth.service: PBS Works Auth Server systemctl-status:loaded active exitedpbsworks-messagerouter-http.service: Message-Router Jobs HTTP API systemctl-status:loaded active runningpbsworks-messagerouter-mongod.service: PBSWorks Message Router MongoDB Daemon systemctl-status:loaded active runningpbsworks-messagerouter-rabbitmq.service: RabbitMQ Server for use by Jobs Service (MessageRouter) systemctl-status:loaded active runningpbsworks-nginx.service: PBSWorks NGINX HTTP and reverse proxy server systemctl-status:loaded active runningpbsworks-notification-mongod.service: PBS Works Notification Server MongoDB Daemon systemctl-status:loaded active runningpbsworks-notification.service: PBS Works WebSocket Notification Server systemctl-status:loaded active runningpcgui.service: PBS Control GUI Server systemctl-status:loaded active runningService pbswadmin-launch-prep is not loaded

Note: It is normal for the pbswadmin-launch-prep service to be down as it runsonce, just prior to other services coming up. It prepares the environment and getseverything ready for the other services to run and then shuts down.

When a service is not running the following message is displayed:Service <service> is not loaded.

where <service> is the name of the service that is down.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 77: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide5 Starting and Stopping Services p.73

5.3 PBSCloud Service Commands

5.3.1 Start and Stop PBSCloud After a Manaul Installation

Starting PBSCloudDocker and pocker instructions for starting PBSCloud.

Starting PBSCloud must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

When your server hosting PBScloud reboots, containers are restarted automatically. If you need tomanually start PBScloud containers, please follow below instructions.

1. Login to the machine where PBSCloud is installed.

2. Create an environment variable for the PBSCloud version:export PBSCLOUD_VERSION=2018.3

3. Connect to the pocker container:docker run -ti --rm -e PBSCLOUD_VERSION=$PBSCLOUD_VERSION \-v /run/docker.sock:/run/docker.sock \-v HOMEDIR/config:/config \-v HOMEDIR/kard:/pocker/kard pbscloudio.azurecr.io/pocker:$PBSCLOUD_VERSION bash

Replace HOMEDIR with the value of the home directory of the user who installed PBSCloud.

4. Start PBSCloud services:pocker start

5. Logout from the pocker container:exit

Stopping PBSCloudDocker and pocker instructions for stopping PBSCloud.

Stopping PBSCloud must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

1. Login to the machine where PBSCloud is installed.

2. Create an environment variable for the PBSCloud version:export PBSCLOUD_VERSION=2018.3

3. Connect to Pocker container:docker run -ti --rm -e PBSCLOUD_VERSION=$PBSCLOUD_VERSION \-v /run/docker.sock:/run/docker.sock \-v HOMEDIR/config:/config \-v HOMEDIR/kard:/pocker/kard pbscloudio.azurecr.io/pocker:$PBSCLOUD_VERSION bash

Replace HOMEDIR with the value of the home directory of the user who installed PBSCloud.

4. Stop PBSCloud services:pocker stoppocker clean

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 78: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide5 Starting and Stopping Services p.74

5.3.2 Service Commands After an Auto Installation

Starting PBSCloudStart the PBSCloud service.

Starting the PBSCloud service must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudocommand.

1. Login to the machine where PBSCloud is installed.

2. Enter the following command to start PBSCloud:systemctl start pbscloud

Stopping PBSCloudStop the PBSCloud service.

Stopping the PBSCloud service must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudocommand.

1. Login to the machine where PBSCloud is installed.

2. Enter the following command to stop PBSCloud:systemctl stop pbscloud

Restarting PBSCloudRestart the PBSCloud service.

Restarting the PBSCloud service must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using thesudo command.

1. Login to the machine where the PBSCloud is installed.

2. Enter the following command to restart PBSCloud:systemctl restart pbscloud

Determining the Status of PBSCloudDetermine whether PBSCloud is up or down.

1. Login to the machine where PBSCloud is installed.

2. Enter the following command to display the status of PBSCloud:systemctl status pbscloud

Message similar to the following are displayed when the service is up and running:● pbscloud.service - PBSCLOUD Loaded: loaded (/etc/systemd/system/pbscloud.service; disabled; vendor preset: disabled)

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 79: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide5 Starting and Stopping Services p.75

Active: active (running) since Tue 2018-10-02 12:32:28 EDT; 12s ago Main PID: 15536 (docker) Tasks: 12 Memory: 6.8M CGroup: /system.slice/pbscloud.service └─15536 /usr/bin/docker run --rm -v /run/docker.sock:/run/docker.sock -v /var/spool/pbsworks/2018.3/pbscont... Oct 02 12:32:41 tr-pbsw183-01 docker[15536]: [139B blob data] Oct 02 12:32:41 tr-pbsw183-01 docker[15536]: Starting configurator-api ... Oct 02 12:32:41 tr-pbsw183-01 docker[15536]: Starting mistral-api ... Oct 02 12:32:41 tr-pbsw183-01 docker[15536]: Starting keeper ... Oct 02 12:32:41 tr-pbsw183-01 docker[15536]: Starting backend ... Oct 02 12:32:41 tr-pbsw183-01 docker[15536]: Starting graphql ... Oct 02 12:32:41 tr-pbsw183-01 docker[15536]: Starting hubble ... Oct 02 12:32:41 tr-pbsw183-01 docker[15536]: [87B blob data] Oct 02 12:32:41 tr-pbsw183-01 docker[15536]: Starting pacioli ... Oct 02 12:32:41 tr-pbsw183-01 docker[15536]: Starting bootstrapper-api ...

Messages similar to the following are displayed when the service is stopped:● pbscloud.service - PBSCLOUD Loaded: loaded (/etc/systemd/system/pbscloud.service; disabled; vendor preset: disabled) Active: inactive (dead) Oct 02 12:30:48 tr-pbsw183-01 docker[10749]: Stopping mongodb ... Oct 02 12:30:48 tr-pbsw183-01 docker[10749]: Stopping salt ... Oct 02 12:30:48 tr-pbsw183-01 docker[10749]: Stopping cadvisor ... Oct 02 12:30:48 tr-pbsw183-01 docker[10749]: Stopping node-exporter ... Oct 02 12:30:48 tr-pbsw183-01 docker[10749]: Stopping rabbitmq ... Oct 02 12:30:48 tr-pbsw183-01 docker[10749]: Stopping elasticsearch ... Oct 02 12:30:48 tr-pbsw183-01 docker[10749]: Stopping postgres ... Oct 02 12:31:08 tr-pbsw183-01 docker[10749]: [257B blob data] Oct 02 12:31:13 tr-pbsw183-01 docker[10749]: [63B blob data] Oct 02 12:31:13 tr-pbsw183-01 systemd[1]: Stopped PBSCLOUD.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 80: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide5 Starting and Stopping Services p.76

5.4 Analytics Service Commands

5.4.1 Starting the Analytics ServiceStart the Analytics service.

Starting Analytics must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

1. Login to the machine where Analytics is installed.

2. Enter the following command to start Analytics.systemctl start pbsworks-pbsa

3. Login to the machine where the Data Collector is installed.

4. Enter the following command to start the Data Collector.systemctl start pbsworks-dc

5. Repeat step 3 and 4 for all Data Collectors.

5.4.2 Stopping the Analytics ServiceStop the Analytics service.

Stopping Analytics must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

1. Login to the machine where Analytics is installed.

2. Enter the following command to stop Analytics.systemctl stop pbsworks-pbsa

3. Login to the machine where the Data Collector is installed.

4. Enter the following command to stop the Data Collector.systemctl stop pbsworks-dc

5. Repeat step 3 and 4 for all Data Collectors.

5.4.3 Restarting the Analytics ServiceRestart the Analytics service.

Restarting Analytics must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

1. Login to the machine where Analytics is installed.

2. Enter the following command to restart Analytics.systemctl restart pbsworks-pbsa

3. Login to the machine where the Data Collector is installed.

4. Enter the following command to restart the Data Collector.systemctl restart pbsworks-dc

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 81: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide5 Starting and Stopping Services p.77

5. Repeat step 3 and 4 for all Data Collectors.

5.4.4 Determining the Status of the Analytics ServiceDetermine whether Analytics is up or down.

1. Login to the machine where Analytics is installed.

2. Enter the following command to display the status of Analytics.systemctl status pbsworks-pbsa

Message similar to the following are displayed when the service is up and running: Loaded: loaded (/etc/rc.d/init.d/pbsworks-pbsa; bad; vendor preset: disabled) Active: active (exited) since Mon 2018-10-01 14:54:55 EDT; 21h ago Docs: man:systemd-sysv-generator(8) Process: 1394 ExecStart=/etc/rc.d/init.d/pbsworks-pbsa start (code=exited, status=0/SUCCESS) Tasks: 0 Memory: 0B

Messages similar to the following are displayed when the service is stopped;● pbsworks-pbsa.service - LSB: Altair PBSWorks Login server creates customer login sessions Loaded: loaded (/etc/rc.d/init.d/pbsworks-pbsa; bad; vendor preset: disabled) Active: inactive (dead) since Tue 2018-10-02 11:55:53 EDT; 38min ago Docs: man:systemd-sysv-generator(8) Process: 29955 ExecStop=/etc/rc.d/init.d/pbsworks-pbsa stop (code=exited, status=0/SUCCESS) Process: 4029 ExecStart=/etc/rc.d/init.d/pbsworks-pbsa start (code=exited, status=0/SUCCESS)

Oct 02 11:55:40 tr-pbsw183-01 pbsworks-pbsa[29955]: Successfully stopped ActiveMQ server[ OK ]Oct 02 11:55:40 tr-pbsw183-01 pbsworks-pbsa[29955]: Stopping MonetDB server PID 4201Oct 02 11:55:40 tr-pbsw183-01 su[30766]: (to amitt) root on noneOct 02 11:55:52 tr-pbsw183-01 su[31046]: (to amitt) root on noneOct 02 11:55:52 tr-pbsw183-01 pbsworks-pbsa[29955]: Successfully stopped MonetDB server[ OK ]Oct 02 11:55:52 tr-pbsw183-01 pbsworks-pbsa[29955]: Stopping MongoDB server PID 4125Oct 02 11:55:52 tr-pbsw183-01 su[31064]: (to amitt) root on noneOct 02 11:55:53 tr-pbsw183-01 su[31081]: (to amitt) root on noneOct 02 11:55:53 tr-pbsw183-01 pbsworks-pbsa[29955]: Successfully stopped MongoDB server[ OK ]Oct 02 11:55:53 tr-pbsw183-01 systemd[1]: Stopped LSB: Altair PBSWorks Login server creates customer login sessions.

3. Login to the machine where the Data Collector is installed.

4. Enter the following command to display the status of the Data Collector.systemctl status pbsworks-dc

Messages similar to the following are displayed when the service is up and running:● pbsworks-dc.service - LSB: Altair PBSWorks Data Collector Loaded: loaded (/etc/rc.d/init.d/pbsworks-dc; bad; vendor preset: disabled) Active: active (running) since Wed 2018-09-26 23:04:34 EDT; 5 days ago Docs: man:systemd-sysv-generator(8) Tasks: 33

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 82: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide5 Starting and Stopping Services p.78

Memory: 217.4M CGroup: /system.slice/pbsworks-dc.service └─12610 /opt/altair/pbsworks/2018.3/pbscontrol/exec/dc/thirdparty/java/bin/java -XX:ErrorFile=/opt/altair/p...

Sep 26 23:04:30 tr-pbsw183-01 systemd[1]: Starting LSB: Altair PBSWorks Data Collector...Sep 26 23:04:30 tr-pbsw183-01 pbsworks-dc[12567]: Starting PBSWorks Data CollectorSep 26 23:04:34 tr-pbsw183-01 pbsworks-dc[12567]: PBSWorks Data Collector started, pid: 12610[ OK ]Sep 26 23:04:34 tr-pbsw183-01 systemd[1]: Started LSB: Altair PBSWorks Data Collector.

Messages similar to the following are displayed when the service is stopped;● pbsworks-dc.service - LSB: Altair PBSWorks Data Collector Loaded: loaded (/etc/rc.d/init.d/pbsworks-dc; bad; vendor preset: disabled) Active: inactive (dead) since Tue 2018-10-02 12:37:15 EDT; 5s ago Docs: man:systemd-sysv-generator(8) Process: 26277 ExecStop=/etc/rc.d/init.d/pbsworks-dc stop (code=exited, status=0/SUCCESS)

Sep 26 23:04:30 tr-pbsw183-01 systemd[1]: Starting LSB: Altair PBSWorks Data Collector...Sep 26 23:04:30 tr-pbsw183-01 pbsworks-dc[12567]: Starting PBSWorks Data CollectorSep 26 23:04:34 tr-pbsw183-01 pbsworks-dc[12567]: PBSWorks Data Collector started, pid: 12610[ OK ]Sep 26 23:04:34 tr-pbsw183-01 systemd[1]: Started LSB: Altair PBSWorks Data Collector.Oct 02 12:37:04 tr-pbsw183-01 systemd[1]: Stopping LSB: Altair PBSWorks Data Collector...Oct 02 12:37:15 tr-pbsw183-01 pbsworks-dc[26277]: Stopping PBSWorks Data Collector PID 12610: [ OK ]Oct 02 12:37:15 tr-pbsw183-01 systemd[1]: Stopped LSB: Altair PBSWorks Data Collector.

5. Repeat step 3 and 4 for all Data Collectors.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 83: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

Analytics Commands 6

6 Analytics Commands

This chapter covers the following:

• 6.1 Configure Nodes (p. 80)

• 6.2 Configure Holidays (p. 85)

• 6.3 Configure Custom Groups (p. 91)

• 6.4 Configure Exit Codes (p. 95)

• 6.5 Configuring the Data Collector (p. 99)

• 6.6 Configuring the Parser (p. 102)

• 6.7 Resetting the Analytics Dataset (p. 105)

• 6.8 Changing the Analytics Database Password (p. 109)

• 6.9 Creating a Diagnosis File for Troubleshooting Issues (p. 113)

Page 84: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide6 Analytics Commands p.80

6.1 Configure Nodes

Namepbsa-config-nodes

Syntaxpbsa-config-nodes [ options ] HOSTNAME [ HOSTNAME_FAILOVER ] FQDN FILE

DescriptionConfigure Analytics with node details for the PBS Professional Complex represented by HOSTNAME (asspecified in the PBS Professional accounting logs), the failover server HOSTNAME_FAILOVER, and the FQDN(fully qualified domain name) using the FILE containing the output from the pbsnodes-av command.

Note: If the value of HOSTNAME, HOSTNAME_FAILOVER, or FQDN contains a hyphen (-) or aperiod (.), it must be replaced with an underscore (_).

You can set the dates for when the node configuration is in effect using the options --start-date and--end-date.

This command must be executed as root or as a user with sudo privileges using the sudo command onthe machine where the Analytics component is installed.

Options--config-dir=DIRECTORY

Specify the DIRECTORY where the output of this command is directed. Defaults to PC_HOME/portal/services/pbsa/parser/modules/pbsdata/config.

--end-date=YYYY-MM-DD|nowDefine the effective end date for this PBS Professional node configuration. Default is now whichdenotes that this configuration is currently in effect.

--furnishing-servers=FUR_SERVER[,FUR_SERVER]Specify a comma separated list of FUR_SERVERs when peering is configured.

--helpDisplay help for the command. This option cannot be used in conjunction with any other options.

--newOverwrite any existing node details configuration.

--showDisplay the current configuration on the screen for review. Use this option in conjunction withthe --start-date option to view a configuration from a previous year. Default is to display thecurrent year’s configuration.

--start-date=YYYY-MM-DDDefine the effective start date for this PBS Professional node configuration. Default is the currentdate.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 85: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide6 Analytics Commands p.81

--versionDisplay the command's version number. This option cannot be used in conjunction with any otheroptions.

ExamplesAll examples assume that the PBS Professional command pbsnodes -av has been executed and theoutput from this command has been written to a file called pbsnodes.out:

Configure Current Node Details Using Defaults

Configure node detail information that is effective today and will continue to be in effect goingforward (start date defaults to today and end date defaults to now ).

pbsa-config-nodes hwesuse113-01 hwesuse113-01.ms.com pbsnodes.out

Configure a Previous Year’s Node Details pbsa-config-nodes hwesuse113-01 hwesuse113-01.ms.com pbsnodes.out --start-date=2014-01-01 --end-date=2014-12-31

Configure a Future Year’s Node Details pbsa-config-nodes hwesuse113-01 hwesuse113-01.ms.com pbsnodes.out --start-date=2022-01-01 --end-date=2022-12-31

Configure Node Details for a Site Implementing Peer Scheduling

Note: Peer scheduling requires a list of furnishing servers.

pbsa-config-nodes Bangalore bangalore.ms.com pbsnodes.out --furnishing-servers=Troy,MV

Redirect the Output of the Command to an Alternate Location

Redirect the output of the command to an alternate location allowing the output of thecommand to be saved without overwriting the contents of the default configuration directory.

pbsa-config-nodes hwesuse113-01 hwesuse113-01.ms.com pbsnodes.out --config-dir=/tmp/pbsa-config-dir

Refresh the Node Details

Overwrite the current node details. Use this command when you need to discard the currentconfiguration and start afresh.

pbsa-config-nodes hwesuse113-01 hwesuse113-01.ms.com pbsnodes.out --new

Show Previous Year’s Node Detailspbsa-config-nodes --start-date=2014-01-01 --show

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 86: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide6 Analytics Commands p.82

Error Messages

Table 3: Error Messages

Message Text Description

The PBSWORKS_COMMAND_HOME orPBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME variable was not set, andI was unable to find or open a pbsworks-pbsa.conffile.

The environment variablesPBSWORKS_COMMAND_HOME andPBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME have not beenexported to the environment. Contactyour systems administrator to set up theenvironment properly.

Error occurred while settingPBSWORKS_COMMAND_HOME orPBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME

The environment variablesPBSWORKS_COMMAND_HOME andPBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME have not beenexported to the environment. Contactyour systems administrator to set up theenvironment properly.

Python version XX is not supported. Supportedversion is 2.4.x or higher.

Please update the Python version to 2.4 orhigher.

Error occurred while get uid for user XXXX. Unable to get user id for current user. Contactyour system administrator to report this error.

Operation not permitted, Please run command asXXXX user or ROOT.

The user does not have permissions to run thiscommand. Please run the command as theService User specified during installation or asroot user.

memory unit XXXX is not supported An error occurred while processing thepbsnodes -av output during the conversion ofmemory units to GB. The memory unit did notequal one of the following valid options: b, kb,mb, gb, tb, or pb.

The configuration file is empty. This error may occur after executing thiscommand using the --show option. Theconfiguration file is empty, therefore nothinghas been configured yet.

Invalid furnishing server names FUR_SERVERS must be a comma separated listof furnishing servers.

Please check the pbsnodes -av output file, some ofthe nodes are offline. Following nodes are offline:[‘xxxxxxxxxx’]

Please investigate the reason for the downednode and either correct the issue within PBSProfessional, or if this is a planned outage,

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 87: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide6 Analytics Commands p.83

Message Text Description

then manually edit the pbsnodes -av outputfile and modify the state of the node to anonline status, or delete the node.

Incorrect number of arguments. Try pbsa-config-nodes --help.

Please review the usage information forthis command. You can obtain the usageinformation by using the --help option.

Config directory does not exists. Path XXXX. The configuration directory PC_HOME/portal/services/pbsa/parser/modules/pbsdata/config does not exist. An error may haveoccurred during installation. Please re-installthe product.

Unable to instantiate the PBSA ToolKit. Please checkyour PBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME variable.

The environment variablePBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME may not havebeen exported to the environment. Contactyour systems administrator to set up theenvironment properly.

Unable to read the "pbsnodes -av" output file for userXXXX.

Path: XXXX.

The pbsnodes -av output file does not exist.

Unable to read the "pbsnodes -av" output file for userXXXX.

Please check file permissions.

Incorrect file permissions for opening thepbsnodes -av output file for read access.

Unable to open the “nodedetails_<year>.conf ” file. Please check the existence and permissionsof the nodedetails_YYYY.conf file locatedat PC_HOME/portal/services/pbsa/parser/modules/pbsdata/config.

The startdate XXXX provided is not valid. Value of --start-date must be in the formatYYYY-MM-DD.

The enddate XXXX provided is not valid. Value of --end-date must be in the formatYYYY-MM-DD or now.

The startdate XXXX provided must not be greaterthan end date XXXX.

Invalid date range. Value of --start-datemust be less than the value of --end-date.

The startdate year XXXX and enddate year XXXXmust be the same.

Specified date range must not span overseveral years.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 88: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide6 Analytics Commands p.84

Message Text Description

Start date format is incorrect. Expected is YYYY-MM-DD.

Dates should be in the format YYYY-MM-DD.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 89: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide6 Analytics Commands p.85

6.2 Configure Holidays

Namepbsa-config-holidays

Syntaxpbsa-config-holidays [ options ] { HOLIDAY | { monday | tuesday | wednesday | thursday |friday | saturday | sunday | weekdays | weekends } }

DescriptionAdd a HOLIDAY or configure prime and non-prime time hours for a day of the week, or for any weekdaysthat have not already been defined, or for weekends (Saturday and Sunday).

You can set the dates for the holiday using the options --start-date and --end-date.

You can set prime and non-prime time hours using the options --prime-time and --non-prime-time.

By default, a single holiday, New Year’s day, is configured for the years 2011 through the current year.For Monday through Friday, prime times hours begin at 8:00 am, and non-prime time hours begin at5:30 pm. For Saturday and Sunday, the entire day is scheduled as non-prime time.

This command must be executed as root or as a user with sudo privileges using the sudo command onthe machine where the Analytics component is installed.

Options--config-dir=DIRECTORY

Specify the DIRECTORY where the output of this command is directed. Defaults to PC_HOME/portal/services/pbsa/parser/modules/pbsdata/config.

--end-date=YYYY-MM-DD|nowDefine the end date of the holiday. Default is the current date.

--helpDisplay help for the command. This option cannot be used in conjunction with any other options.

--newOverwrite any existing node details configuration.

--non-prime-time=HH:MM|all|none

Define the non-prime time start time. Default is 17:30.

HH:MM designates the start time of non-prime time hours in a 24 hour format.

all designates that all hours are non-prime time hours.

none designates that all hours are prime time hours.

--prime-time=HH:MM|all|none

Define the prime time start time. Default is 08:00.

HH:MM designates the start time of prime time hours in a 24 hour format.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 90: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide6 Analytics Commands p.86

all designates that all hours are prime time hours.

none designates that all hours are non-prime time hours.

--removeRemove a HOLIDAY or prime and non-prime time hours for a day of the week, or for any weekdaysthat have not already been defined, or for weekends.

--showDisplay the current configuration on the screen for review. Use this option in conjunction with the--start-date option to view a configuration from a previous year. Default is to display the currentyear’s configuration.

--start-date=YYYY-MM-DD

Define the start date of the holiday. This option can also be used to configure prime/non-primetime hours for a previous year’s configuration. Default is the current date.

--versionDisplay the command's version number. This option cannot be used in conjunction with any otheroptions.

Examples

Configure a Holiday that Occurs Over a Single Daypbsa-config-holidays MemorialDay --start-date=2016-05-25 --end-date=2016-05-25

Configure a Holiday that Occurs Over Multiple Dayspbsa-config-holidays Thanksgiving --start-date=2016-11-26 --end-date=2016-11-27

Configure Prime Time for 9:00 am and Non-Prime for 6:00 pm on Mondaypbsa-config-holidays monday --prime-time=09:00 --non-prime-time=18:00

Configure Prime and Non-Prime Time Hours for Tuesday Using the Defaultspbsa-config-holidays tuesday

Configure Prime Time for 9 am and Non-Prime Time for 6 pm for the Weekendpbsa-config-holidays weekends --prime-time=09:00 --non-prime-time=18:00

Configure Prime and Non-Prime Hours for Remaining Weekdays

Configure prime and non-prime time hours for any weekdays that have not already beenconfigured separately. For example, if prime and non-prime time hours have already beenconfigured for Monday and Tuesday, then this command will specify prime and non-prime timehours for the weekdays Wednesday through Friday.

pbsa-config-holidays weekdays --prime-time=09:00 --non-prime-time=18:00

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 91: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide6 Analytics Commands p.87

Configure Prime and Non-prime Hours for Monday for a Previous Year pbsa-config-holidays monday --start-date=2014-01-01 --prime-time=09:00 --non-prime-time=18:00

Remove a Holidaypbsa-config-holidays MemorialDay --remove

Remove Prime and Non-Prime Time Hours for a Specific Daypbsa-config-holidays monday --remove

Redirect the Output of the Command to an Alternate Location

Redirect the output of the command to an alternate location allowing the output of thecommand to be saved without overwriting the contents of the default configuration directory.

pbsa-config-nodes hwesuse113-01 hwesuse113-01.ms.com pbsnodes.out --config-dir=/tmp/pbsa-config-dir

Refresh the Holidays and Prime and Non-Prime Time Hours

Overwrite the current holidays and prime and non-prime time hours. Use this command whenyou need to discard the current configuration and start afresh.

pbsa-config-nodes hwesuse113-01 hwesuse113-01.ms.com pbsnodes.out --new

Show the Holidays and Prime and Non-Prime Time Hours for a Previous Yearpbsa-config-holidays --start-date=2014-01-01 --show

Error Messages

Table 4: Error Messages

Message Text Description

The PBSWORKS_COMMAND_HOME orPBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME variable was not set, andI was unable to find or open a pbsworks-pbsa.conffile.

The environment variablesPBSWORKS_COMMAND_HOME andPBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME have not beenexported to the environment. Contactyour systems administrator to set up theenvironment properly.

Error occurred while settingPBSWORKS_COMMAND_HOME orPBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME

The environment variablesPBSWORKS_COMMAND_HOME andPBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME have not beenexported to the environment. Contact

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 92: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide6 Analytics Commands p.88

Message Text Description

your systems administrator to set up theenvironment properly.

Python version XX is not supported. Supportedversion is 2.4.x or higher.

Please update the Python version to 2.4 orhigher.

Error occurred while get uid for user XXXX. Unable to get user id for current user. Contactyour system administrator to report this error.

Operation not permitted, Please run command asXXXX user or ROOT.

The user does not have permissions to run thiscommand. Please run the command as theService User specified during installation or asroot user.

Either Holiday or prime and non-prime config can bespecified at a time.

Configuring a holiday and prime/non-primetime hours cannot be done with a singlecommand. First issue the command toconfigure the holidays, and then issue a secondcommand to configure the prime/non-primetime hours.

The configuration file is empty. This error may occur after executing thiscommand using the --show option. Theconfiguration file is empty, therefore nothinghas been configured yet.

Invalid holiday name. Holiday name must containonly any alphanumeric character and the underscore.

Please enter a valid holiday name whichcontains only alphanumeric characters and/orthe underscore character.

Invalid option --remove in the command. Cannot specify the --remove option whenusing the --new option.

Please define all weekdays (Mon-Fri) separately as"weekdays" value is removed.

The default entry for weekdays has beenremoved therefore, you must now defineprime and non-prime time hours for Mondaythrough Friday separately. For instance, defineprime and non-prime time hours by issuing thefollowing command for each day of the week(Monday through Friday):

pbsa-config-holidays DAY --prime-time=HH:MM --non-prime-time=HH:MM

Please define both weekends (Sat-Sun) separately as"weekends" value is removed.

The default entry for weekends has beenremoved therefore, you must now specifyprime and non-prime time hours for Saturdayand Sunday separately. For instance, define the

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 93: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide6 Analytics Commands p.89

Message Text Description

prime and non-prime time hours by issuing thefollowing commands:

pbsa-config-holidays Saturday --prime-time=HH:MM --non-prime-time=HH:MM

pbsa-config-holidays Sunday --prime-time=HH:MM --non-prime-time=HH:MM

Please make sure both weekend days (Sat & Sun) aredefined.

Warning message that requests that prime andnon-prime time hours be configured for bothSaturday and Sunday.

Incorrect number of arguments. Try pbsa-config-holidays --help.

Please review the usage information forthis command. You can obtain the usageinformation by using the --help option.

Config directory does not exists. Path XXXX. The configuration directory PC_EXEC/portal/services/pbsa/parser/modules/pbsdata/config does not exist. An error may haveoccurred during installation. Please re-installthe product.

Unable to instantiate the PBSA ToolKit. Please checkyour PBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME variable.

The environment variablePBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME may not havebeen exported to the environment. Contactyour systems administrator to set up theenvironment properly.

Unable to open the “holiday_<year>.conf ” file. Please check the existence and permissionsof the holiday_YYYY.conf file located atPC_EXEC/portal/services/pbsa/parser/modules/pbsdata/config

The startdate XXXX provided is not valid. Value of --start-date must be in the formatYYYY-MM-DD.

The enddate XXXX provided is not valid. Value of --end-date must be in the formatYYYY-MM-DD or now.

The startdate XXXX provided must not be greaterthan end date XXXX.

Invalid date range. Value of --start-datemust be less than the value of --end-date.

The startdate year XXXX and enddate year XXXXmust be the same.

Specified date range must not span overseveral years.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 94: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide6 Analytics Commands p.90

Message Text Description

Start date format is incorrect. Expected is YYYY-MM-DD.

Dates should be in the format YYYY-MM-DD.

The primetime XXXX provided is not valid. Value of --prime-time must be in the formatof HH:MM in the 24 hour clock, all, or none.

The nonprimetime XXXX provided is not valid. Value of --non-prime-time must be in theformat of HH:MM in the 24 hour clock,all, ornone.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 95: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide6 Analytics Commands p.91

6.3 Configure Custom Groups

Namepbsa-config-groups

Syntaxpbsa-config-groups [ options ] USER CUSTOMGROUP

DescriptionAdd a USER to a CUSTOMGROUP. Custom groups are used to track utilization at a project level for sitesrunning versions of PBS Professional prior to 11.2. When a user is added to a custom group, they areessentially being added to a project.

The preferred method for tracking utilization at a project level is the use of the -P option whensubmitting a job via the qub command. However, for older versions of PBS, use pbsa-config-groups todefine a project (custom group).

You can set the date for when a user begins working on project and when the user stops working on theproject using the options --start-date and --end-date.

By default, a custom group “OTHERS” is configured for the years 2011 through the current year.

This command must be executed as root or as a user with sudo privileges using the sudo command onthe machine where the Analytics component is installed.

Options--config-dir=DIRECTORY

Specify the DIRECTORY where the output of this command is directed. Defaults to PC_HOME/portal/services/pbsa/parser/modules/pbsdata/config.

--end-date=YYYY-MM-DD|nowDefine the date when the user stopped working on the project. Default is now which denotes thatthe user is still currently working in the group.

--helpDisplay help for the command. This option cannot be used in conjunction with any other options.

--newOverwrite any existing custom group configuration.

--showDisplay the current configuration on the screen for review. Use this option in conjunction withthe --start-date option to view a configuration from a previous year. Default is to display thecurrent year’s configuration.

--start-date=YYYY-MM-DDDefine the date when the user began working on the project. Default is the current date.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 96: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide6 Analytics Commands p.92

--versionDisplay the command's version number. This option cannot be used in conjunction with any otheroptions.

Examples

Assign a User to a Custom Group By Designating a Start and End Date

Assign a user (tsmith) to a custom group (CFD) from January 22, 2016 to November 23, 2016.

pbsa-config-groups tsmith CFD --start-date=2016-01-22 --end-date=2016-11-23

Assign a User to a Custom Group Using the Defaults

Assign a user to a custom group with a start date of today’s date and an end date of nowdenoting that the user is currently assigned to that custom group.

pbsa-config-groups tsmith CFD

Assign a User to a Custom Group Using a Default End Date

Assign a user (tsmith) to a custom group (CFD) from January 1, 2016 with an end date of nowdenoting that the user is currently assigned to that custom group.

pbsa-config-groups tsmith CFD --start-date=2016-01-01

Assign a User to Several Custom Groups

Assign a user (tsmith) to a custom group (CFD) from January 1, 2016 to June 1, 2016, and toanother custom group (CAD) from January 1, 2016 to September 1, 2016.

pbsa-config-groups tsmith CFD --start-date=2016-01-01--end-date=2016-06-01pbsa-config-groups tsmith CAD --start-date=2016-01-01 --end-date=2016-09-01

Redirect the Output of the Command to an Alternate Location

Redirect the output of the command to an alternate location allowing the output of thecommand to be saved without overwriting the contents of the default configuration directory.

pbsa-config-groups tsmith CFD --start-date=2016-01-01 --end-date=2016-06-01 --config-dir=/tmp/pbsa-config-dir

Refresh the Custom Groups

Overwrite the currently defined custom groups. Use this command when you need to discardthe current configuration and start afresh.

pbsa-config-groups tsmith CFD --start-date=2016-01-22 --end-date=2016-11-23 --new

Show Previous Year’s Node Detailspbsa-config-nodes --start-date=2014-01-01 --show

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 97: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide6 Analytics Commands p.93

Error Messages

Table 5: Error Messages

Message Text Description

The PBSWORKS_COMMAND_HOME orPBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME variable was not set, andI was unable to find or open a pbsworks-pbsa.conffile.

The environment variablesPBSWORKS_COMMAND_HOME andPBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME have not beenexported to the environment. Contactyour systems administrator to set up theenvironment properly.

Error occurred while settingPBSWORKS_COMMAND_HOME orPBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME

The environment variablesPBSWORKS_COMMAND_HOME andPBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME have not beenexported to the environment. Contactyour systems administrator to set up theenvironment properly.

Python version XX is not supported. Supportedversion is 2.4.x or higher.

Please update the Python version to 2.4 orhigher.

Error occurred while get uid for user XXXX. Unable to get user id for current user. Contactyour system administrator to report this error.

Operation not permitted, Please run command asXXXX user or ROOT.

The user does not have permissions to run thiscommand. Please run the command as theService User specified during installation or asroot user.

The configuration file is empty. This error may occur after executing thiscommand using the --show option. Theconfiguration file is empty, therefore nothinghas been configured yet.

Incorrect number of arguments. Try pbsa-config-groups --help.

Please review the usage information forthis command. You can obtain the usageinformation by using the --help option.

Invalid option --remove in the command. Cannot specify the --remove option whenusing the --new option.

WARN: User "system" can't be removed. The default custom group “OTHERS” cannot bedeleted. Analytics requires this entry.

Config directory does not exists. Path XXXX. The configuration directory PC_HOME/portal/services/pbsa/parser/modules/pbsdata/config does not exist. An error may have

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 98: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide6 Analytics Commands p.94

Message Text Description

occurred during installation. Please re-installthe product.

Unable to instantiate the PBSA ToolKit. Please checkyour PBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME variable.

The environment variablePBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME may not havebeen exported to the environment. Contactyour systems administrator to set up theenvironment properly.

Unable to open the “custom_group_<year>.conf ”file.

Please check the existence and permissionsof the custom_group_YYYY.conf file locatedat PC_HOME/portal/services/pbsa/parser/modules/pbsdata/config.

The startdate XXXX provided is not valid. Value of --start-date must be in the formatYYYY-MM-DD.

The enddate XXXX provided is not valid. Value of --end-date must be in the formatYYYY-MM-DD or now.

The startdate XXXX provided must not be greaterthan end date XXXX.

Invalid date range. Value of --start-datemust be less than the value of --end-date.

The startdate year XXXX and enddate year XXXXmust be the same.

Specified date range must not span overseveral years.

Start date format is incorrect. Expected is YYYY-MM-DD.

Dates should be in the format YYYY-MM-DD.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 99: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide6 Analytics Commands p.95

6.4 Configure Exit Codes

Namepbsa-config-exits

Syntaxpbsa-config-exits [ options ] { EXIT_CODE [ , EXIT_CODE ] | EXIT_CODE - EXIT_CODE }

DescriptionMap an EXIT_CODE to a REASON. Use the option --reasonto specify the REASON.

By default, three exit reasons “Successful”, “Unsuccessful” and "Still Running" are mapped to specificexit codes. Use the --show option to view the defaults.

This command must be executed as root or as a user with sudo privileges using the sudo command onthe machine where the Analytics component is installed.

Options--application=APPLICATION

Categorize the exit codes by APPLICATION or solver. APPLICATION directly correlates to theapplication name specified via the PBS Professional “software” attribute.

Default is All applications.

--config-dir=DIRECTORYSpecify the DIRECTORY where the output of this command is directed. Defaults to PC_HOME/portal/services/pbsa/parser/modules/pbsdata/config.

--helpDisplay help for the command. This option cannot be used in conjunction with any other options.

--newOverwrite any existing exit code configuration.

--reason=REASONSpecify the exit reason. Default is Unspecified.

--removeRemove the specified exit reason/application from the current configuration. REASON defaults toUnspecified and APPLICATION defaults to All.

--showDisplay the current configuration on the screen for review.

--versionDisplay the command's version number. This option cannot be used in conjunction with any otheroptions.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 100: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide6 Analytics Commands p.96

Examples

Assign a User to a Custom Group By Designating a Start and End Date

Assign a user (tsmith) to a custom group (CFD) from January 22, 2016 to November 23, 2016.pbsa-config-groups tsmith CFD --start-date=2016-01-22 --end-date=2016-11-23

Assign a User to a Custom Group Using the Defaults

Assign a user to a custom group with a start date of today’s date and an end date of nowdenoting that the user is currently assigned to that custom group.

pbsa-config-groups tsmith CFD

Assign a User to a Custom Group Using a Default End Date

Assign a user (tsmith) to a custom group (CFD) from January 1, 2016 with an end date of nowdenoting that the user is currently assigned to that custom group.

pbsa-config-groups tsmith CFD --start-date=2016-01-01

Assign a User to Several Custom Groups

Assign a user (tsmith) to a custom group (CFD) from January 1, 2016 to June 1, 2016, and toanother custom group (CAD) from January 1, 2016 to September 1, 2016.

pbsa-config-groups tsmith CFD --start-date=2016-01-01--end-date=2016-06-01pbsa-config-groups tsmith CAD --start-date=2016-01-01 --end-date=2016-09-01

Redirect the Output of the Command to an Alternate Location

Redirect the output of the command to an alternate location allowing the output of thecommand to be saved without overwriting the contents of the default configuration directory.

pbsa-config-groups tsmith CFD --start-date=2016-01-01 --end-date=2016-06-01 --config-dir=/tmp/pbsa-config-dir

Refresh the Custom Groups

Overwrite the currently defined custom groups. Use this command when you need to discardthe current configuration and start afresh.

pbsa-config-groups tsmith CFD --start-date=2016-01-22 --end-date=2016-11-23 --new

Show Previous Year’s Node Detailspbsa-config-nodes --start-date=2014-01-01 --show

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 101: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide6 Analytics Commands p.97

Error Messages

Table 6: Error Messages

Message Text Description

The PBSWORKS_COMMAND_HOME orPBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME variable was not set, andI was unable to find or open a pbsworks-pbsa.conffile.

The environment variablesPBSWORKS_COMMAND_HOME andPBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME have not beenexported to the environment. Contactyour systems administrator to set up theenvironment properly.

Error occurred while settingPBSWORKS_COMMAND_HOME orPBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME

The environment variablesPBSWORKS_COMMAND_HOME andPBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME have not beenexported to the environment. Contactyour systems administrator to set up theenvironment properly.

Python version XX is not supported. Supportedversion is 2.4.x or higher.

Please update the Python version to 2.4 orhigher.

Error occurred while get uid for user XXXX. Unable to get user id for current user. Contactyour system administrator to report this error.

Operation not permitted, Please run command asXXXX user or ROOT.

The user does not have permissions to run thiscommand. Please run the command as theService User specified during installation or asroot user.

The configuration file is empty. This error may occur after executing thiscommand using the --show option. Theconfiguration file is empty, therefore nothinghas been configured yet.

WARN: User can't update private settings forexitreason: "Still Running"

The default entry “Still Running” cannot bedeleted. Analytics requires this entry.

Invalid option --remove in the command. Cannot specify the --remove option when usingthe --new option.

Incorrect number of arguments. Try pbsa-config-exits--help..

Please review the usage information forthis command. You can obtain the usageinformation by using the --help option.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 102: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide6 Analytics Commands p.98

Message Text Description

Config directory does not exists. The Analytics configuration directory doesnot exist. An error may have occurred duringinstallation of the Analytics component. Pleasere-install.

Unable to instantiate the PBSA ToolKit. Please checkyour PBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME variable.

The environment variablePBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME may not havebeen exported to the environment. Contactyour systems administrator to set up theenvironment properly.

Unable to open the “exit_status.conf ” file. Unable to open the “exit_status.conf ” file.Please check the existence and permissions ofthe exit_status.conf file located at PC_HOME/config/pbsa/services/pbsa/parser/modules/pbsdata/config.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 103: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide6 Analytics Commands p.99

6.5 Configuring the Data Collector

Namepbsa-config-dc

Syntaxpbsa-config-dc [ options ]

DescriptionConfigure the Analytics Data Collector. If the Data Collector is currently running, then it will need to berestarted after issuing this command.

The Data Collector makes the PBS Professional accounting logs and cluster node information accessibleto the Analytics component. It copies the accounting logs and node information from your site’s PBSProfessional accounting log location to an intermediate holding area every 5 minutes.

You can change the time interval, however this is only recommended for advanced users of Analytics.The size of your site’s PBS complex and the number and size of the accounting logs will dictate thelength of time required for copying the accounting logs.

This command must be executed as root or as a user with sudo privileges using the sudo command onthe machine where the Data Collector is installed.

Options--collection-interval=MM

Define the collection interval MM in minutes for collecting the PBS Professional accounting logs(copying them to an intermediate area prior to transporting to the machine where the Analyticscomponent is installed).

Default is 5 minutes.

--config-dir=DIRECTORYSpecify the DIRECTORY where the output of this command is directed.

--helpDisplay help for the command. This option cannot be used in conjunction with any other options.

--showDisplay the current configuration on the screen for review.

--versionDisplay the command's version number. This option cannot be used in conjunction with any otheroptions.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 104: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide6 Analytics Commands p.100

Examples

Configure the Data Collector Transport and Collection Interval

configures the Data Collector to collect the PBS accounting logs and cluster node informationand copy them to an intermediate area every 50 minutes.

pbsa-config-dc --collection-interval=50

Redirect the Output of the Command to an Alternate Location

Redirect the output of the command to an alternate location allowing the output of thecommand to be saved without overwriting the contents of the default configuration directory.

pbsa-config-dc --collection-interval=50 --config-dir=/tmp/pbsa-config-dir

Error Messages

Table 7: Error Messages

Message Text Description

The DC_SERVER_HOME or DC_CONF_FILE variablewas not set, and I was unable to find or open apbsworks-dc.conf file.

The environment variables DC_SERVER_HOMEand DC_CONF_FILE have not been exportedto the environment. Contact your systemsadministrator to set up the environmentproperly.

Error occurred while setting DC_SERVER_HOME. The environment variable DC_SERVER_HOMEhas not been exported to the environment.Contact your systems administrator to set upthe environment properly.

Python version XX is not supported. Supportedversion is 2.4.x or higher.

Please update the Python version to 2.4 orhigher.

Operation not permitted, Please run command asXXXX user.

The user does not have permissions to run thiscommand. Please run the command as theService User specified during installation or asroot user.

Option XXXX argument XXXX must be in minutes.

Try dc-config --help

Then specified option must be expressed inminutes.

Error occurred while get uid for user XXXX. Unable to get user id for current user. Contactyour system administrator to report this error.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 105: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide6 Analytics Commands p.101

Message Text Description

Operation not permitted, Please run command as

XXXX user or ROOT.

The user does not have permissions to runthis command. Please run the command asthe PBS Control Service User specified duringinstallation or as root user.

Please specify --collection-interval=COLLECTION_INTERVAL option. Try dc-config --help.

You must specify a collection interval.

The configuration file is empty. This error may occur after executing thiscommand using the --show option. Theconfiguration file is empty, therefore nothinghas been configured yet.

Unable to instantiate the PBSA ToolKit. Please checkyour PBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME variable.

The environment variablePBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME may not havebeen exported to the environment. Contactyour systems administrator to set up theenvironment properly.

Unable to read the dc config file. Please check the existence and permissions ofthe config.xml and/or modules.xml files locatedat PC_HOME/config/dc/config.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 106: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide6 Analytics Commands p.102

6.6 Configuring the Parser

Namepbsa-config-parser

Syntaxpbsa-config-parser [ options ]

DescriptionThe Parser reads the PBS Professional accounting logs, parses the appropriate information from theaccounting logs, and then loads this information into a database used by Analytics. Use the pbsa-config-parser command to configure the Parser. Analytics must be restarted after issuing thiscommand.

You can configure when the daily Parser cycle will run. Currently this cycle should not be run more thanonce in a 24-hour period. By default, the Parser cycle is configured to run once a day at 1:00 am.

This command must be executed as root or as a user with sudo privileges using the sudo command onthe machine where the Analytics component is installed.

Options--config-dir=DIRECTORY

Specify the DIRECTORY where the output of this command is directed.

--helpDisplay help for the command. This option cannot be used in conjunction with any other options.

--job-duration=DAYS

Define the maximum number of DAYS a running job will be considered for parsing, beyond whichthe Parser will write the PBS Professional “S” (running job) record to the unsupported directory.For example, if DAYS is set to thirty, then a job that runs for more than thirty days will not beparsed and will be written to the unsupported directory. The unsupported directory is whereaccounting logs records that fail the Analytics validation criteria. When an accounting log recordfails validation, the entry is written to file in a unsupported directory. A unsupported directoryis created for each Data Collector. The unsupported directories are located in: PC_EXEC/pbsa/services/pbsa/parser/modules/pbsdata.

--parser-timer=TIMER

Define when the daily parsing cycle should run. TIMER is a Quartz Job Scheduling Library Cronexpression specified between double quotes. For example, "0 0 1 * * ?" specifies that the Parsingcycle should run at 1:00 am every day. According to the documentation at http://www.quartz-scheduler.org, “Cron-Expressions are strings that are actually made up of seven sub-expressions,that describe individual details of the schedule. These sub-expression are separated with white-space, and represent:

• Seconds

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 107: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide6 Analytics Commands p.103

• Minutes

• Hours

• Day-of-Month

• Month

• Day-of-Week

• Year (optional field)”

--showDisplay the current configuration on the screen for review.

--versionDisplay the command's version number. This option cannot be used in conjunction with any otheroptions.

Examples

Configure the Parser

Configure the Parser to run the daily parsing cycle at 2:00 am.

pbsa-config-parser --parser-timer="0 0 2 * * ?" --job-duration=60

Redirect the Output of the Command to an Alternate Location

Redirect the output of the command to an alternate location allowing the output of thecommand to be saved without overwriting the contents of the default configuration directory.

pbsa-config-parser --parser-timer="0 0 2 * * ?" --config-dir=/tmp/pbsa-config-dir

Error Messages

Table 8: Error Messages

Message Text Description

The PBSWORKS_COMMAND_HOME orPBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME variable was not set, andI was unable to find or open a pbsworks-pbsa.conffile.

The environment variablesPBSWORKS_COMMAND_HOME andPBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME have not beenexported to the environment. Contactyour systems administrator to set up theenvironment properly.

Error occurred while settingPBSWORKS_COMMAND_HOME orPBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME

The environment variablesPBSWORKS_COMMAND_HOME andPBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME have not beenexported to the environment. Contactyour systems administrator to set up theenvironment properly.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 108: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide6 Analytics Commands p.104

Message Text Description

Python version XX is not supported. Supportedversion is 2.4.x or higher.

Please update the Python version to 2.4 orhigher.

Error occurred while get uid for user XXXX. Unable to get user id for current user. Contactyour system administrator to report this error.

Operation not permitted, Please run command asXXXX user or ROOT.

The user does not have permissions to run thiscommand. Please run the command as theService User specified during installation or asroot user.

Option XXXX argument XXXX must be number. Trypbsa-config-parser --help

The specified option must be expressed as anumeric.

Please specify at least one option either of--parser-timer=PARSER_TIMER, or --jobduration=JOB_DURATION.

You must specify at least one of the followingoptions:

--parser-timer

--job-duration

The configuration file is empty. This error may occur after executing thiscommand using the --show option. Theconfiguration file is empty, therefore nothinghas been configured yet.

Config directory does not exists. The Analytics configuration directory doesnot exist. An error may have occurred duringinstallation of the Analytics component. Pleasere-install.

Unable to instantiate the PBSA ToolKit. Please checkyour PBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME variable.

The environment variablePBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME may not havebeen exported to the environment. Contactyour systems administrator to set up theenvironment properly.

Unable to read the parser config file. Parser configuration file does not exist. Contactyour system administrator.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 109: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide6 Analytics Commands p.105

6.7 Resetting the Analytics DatasetDiscard all Analytics data, reset the Data Collectors and reset the database password to its defaultvalue.

Namepbsa-data-reset

Syntaxpbsa-data-reset [ options ]

DescriptionUse the pbsa-data-reset command to:

• discard the data from the Analytics database.

• delete the history files indicating which PBS Professional accounting log files have already beentransported to the machine where the Analytics component is installed.

• reset all Data Collectors.

• reset the Analytics database password back to “pbsworks@123”.

Note: It is recommended to use the pbsa-data-password command to change thisdefault password to a site specific one.

Stop Analytics before issuing this command. If this command is executed when the Analytics serviceand database are running, then this command will exit with an error.

Note: All simulation and model data must be removed from PBS Control when resetting theAnalytics dataset. See Resetting the Analytics Accounting Log Data for information on how todelete simulation and model data from PBS Control.

This command must be executed as root or as a user with sudo privileges using the sudo command onthe machine where the Analytics component is installed.

Options--help

Display help for the command. This option cannot be used in conjunction with any other options.

--versionDisplay the command's version number. This option cannot be used in conjunction with any otheroptions.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 110: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide6 Analytics Commands p.106

Error Messages

Table 9: Error Messages

Message Text Description

The PBSWORKS_COMMAND_HOME orPBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME variable was not set, andI was unable to find or open a pbsworks-pbsa.conffile.

The environment variablesPBSWORKS_COMMAND_HOME andPBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME have not beenexported to the environment. Contactyour systems administrator to set up theenvironment properly.

Error occurred while settingPBSWORKS_COMMAND_HOME orPBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME

The environment variablesPBSWORKS_COMMAND_HOME andPBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME have not beenexported to the environment. Contactyour systems administrator to set up theenvironment properly.

Python version XX is not supported. Supportedversion is 2.4.x or higher.

Please update the Python version to 2.4 orhigher.

Error occurred while get uid for user XXXX. Unable to get user id for current user. Contactyour system administrator to report this error.

Operation not permitted, Please run command asXXXX user or ROOT.

The user does not have permissions to run thiscommand. Please run the command as theService User specified during installation or asroot user.

Error in reading the inputs.

Please check log file: XXXX

An error occurred while retrieving systemarguments. Contact your system administratorto report this error.

Property with key XXXX doesn't exists. An error occurred while reading the databaseconfiguration file monetdb- pbsa.conf. Contactyour system administrator to report this error.

File XXXX must end with (.backup) An error occurred while resetting the dataset.Contact your system administrator to reportthis error.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 111: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide6 Analytics Commands p.107

Message Text Description

File XXXX doesn't exists. An error occurred while reading theDBConnection.properties file. Contact yoursystem administrator to report this error.

Error in reading monetdb-pbsa.conf file

Please check log file: XXXX

An error occurred while reading the databaseconfiguration file monetdb-pbsa.conf. Contactyour system administrator to report this error.

Updation of config file datasources.xml failed. An error occurred while updating theconfiguration file datasources.xml. Contactyour system administrator to report this error.

Updation of config file .monetdb failed. An error occurred while updating theconfiguration

file monetdb-pbsa.conf. Contact your

system administrator to report this error.

Updation of config file monetdb-user.sql failed. An error occurred while updating the file

monetdb-user.sql. Contact your systemadministrator

to report this error.

Error in splitting command: XXXX An error occurred while resetting the dataset.Contact your system administrator to reportthis error.

Error in executing command: XXXX An error occurred while resetting the dataset.Contact your system administrator to reportthis error.

Command splitting failed: XXXX An error occurred while resetting the dataset.Contact your system administrator to reportthis error.

Server startup failed. An error occurred upon database server startup. Contact your system administrator toreport this error.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 112: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide6 Analytics Commands p.108

Message Text Description

Server status setting failed. An error occurred while setting the databaseserver status. Contact your systemadministrator to report this error.

Server status check failed. An error occurred while setting the databaseserver status. Contact your systemadministrator to report this error.

Datacollectors load history deletion failed. An error occurred while deleting the DataCollector load history file history.xml. Contactyour system administrator to report this error.

Parser availability directory deletion failed. An error occurred while deleting the Parseravailability directory. Contact your systemadministrator to report this error.

PBSA parser cleaning failed. An error occurred while resetting the dataset.Contact your system administrator to reportthis error.

Data reset failed.

Please check log file: XXXX

An error occurred while resetting the dataset.Contact your system administrator to reportthis error.

Config directory does not exists. The Analytics configuration directory doesnot exist. An error may have occurred duringinstallation of the Analytics component. Pleasere-install.

Unable to instantiate the PBSA ToolKit. Please checkyour PBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME variable.

The environment variablePBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME may not havebeen exported to the environment. Contactyour systems administrator to set up theenvironment properly.

Please make sure PBSA engine and Monetdb Server isnot running.

Cannot reset the data as the Analytics serviceand database are running. Stop the Analyticsservice.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 113: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide6 Analytics Commands p.109

6.8 Changing the Analytics Database PasswordDiscard all Analytics data, reset the Data Collectors and reset the database password to its defaultvalue.

Namepbsa-data-password

Syntaxpbsa-data-password [ options ] { OLD_PASSWORD NEW_PASSWORD }

DescriptionUse the pbsa-data-password command to change or reset the Analytics database password fromOLD_PASSWORD to NEW_PASSWORD.

A database superuser is created when the Analytics component is installed having the followingcredentials: username is "pbsworks" and password is "pbsworks@123".

Stop Analytics before issuing this command. If this command is executed when the Analytics serviceand database are running, then this command will exit with an error.

This command must be executed as root or as a user with sudo privileges using the sudo command onthe machine where the Analytics component is installed.

Options--help

Display help for the command. This option cannot be used in conjunction with any other options.

--versionDisplay the command's version number. This option cannot be used in conjunction with any otheroptions.

Examples

Reset the Analytics database password

Change the current password “pwdJan2018” to a new password “pwd-Feb2018”.

pbsa-data-password pwdJan2018 pwdFeb2018

Error Messages

Table 10: Error Messages

Message Text Description

The PBSWORKS_COMMAND_HOME orPBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME variable was not set, and

The environment variablesPBSWORKS_COMMAND_HOME and

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 114: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide6 Analytics Commands p.110

Message Text Description

I was unable to find or open a pbsworks-pbsa.conffile.

PBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME have not beenexported to the environment. Contactyour systems administrator to set up theenvironment properly.

Error occurred while settingPBSWORKS_COMMAND_HOME orPBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME

The environment variablesPBSWORKS_COMMAND_HOME andPBSWORKS_SERVER_HOME have not beenexported to the environment. Contactyour systems administrator to set up theenvironment properly.

Incorrect number of arguments. Try pbsa-data-password --help.

Please review the usage information forthis command. You can obtain the usageinformation by using the --help option.

Python version XX is not supported. Supportedversion is 2.4.x or higher.

Please update the Python version to 2.4 orhigher.

Error occurred while get uid for user XXXX. Unable to get user id for current user. Contactyour system administrator to report this error.

Operation not permitted, Please run command asXXXX user or ROOT.

The user does not have permissions to run thiscommand. Please run the command as theService User specified during installation or asroot user.

Error in reading the inputs. Please check log file:XXXX

An error occurred while retrieving systemarguments. Contact your system administratorto report this error.

Property with key XXXX doesn't exists. An error occurred while reading the databaseconfiguration file monetdb- pbsa.conf. Contactyour system administrator to report this error.

File XXXX must end with (.backup) An error occurred while resetting the dataset.Contact your system administrator to reportthis error.

File XXXX doesn't exists. An error occurred while reading theDBConnection.properties file. Contact yoursystem administrator to report this error.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 115: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide6 Analytics Commands p.111

Message Text Description

Error in reading monetdb-pbsa.conf file

Please check log file: XXXX

An error occurred while reading the databaseconfiguration file monetdb-pbsa.conf. Contactyour system administrator to report this error.

Error in splitting command: XXXX An error occurred while resetting the dataset.Contact your system administrator to reportthis error.

Error in executing command: XXXX An error occurred while resetting the dataset.Contact your system administrator to reportthis error.

Line must be (key=value). xxxxxxx There is a problem with theDBConnection.properties file. Contact yoursystem administrator to report this error.

Updation of config file context.xml failed. An error occurred while updating theconfiguration file context.xml. Contact yoursystem administrator to report this error.

Updation of config file .monetdb failed. An error occurred while updating theconfiguration file monetdb-pbsa.conf. Contactyour system administrator to report this error.

Updation of config file monetdb-user.sql failed. An error occurred while updating the filemonetdb-user.sql. Contact your systemadministrator to report this error.

Command splitting failed: XXXX An error occurred while resetting the dataset.Contact your system administrator to reportthis error.

Server startup failed. An error occurred upon database server startup. Contact your system administrator toreport this error.

Server status setting failed. An error occurred while setting the databaseserver status. Contact your systemadministrator to report this error.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 116: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide6 Analytics Commands p.112

Message Text Description

Server status check failed. An error occurred while setting the databaseserver status. Contact your systemadministrator to report this error.

Password change failed. Please check log file: XXXX An error occurred while changing thepassword. Contact your system administratorto report this error.

Please make sure PBSA engine and Monetdb Server isnot running.

Cannot reset the data as the Analytics serviceand database are running. Stop the Analyticsservice.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 117: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide6 Analytics Commands p.113

6.9 Creating a Diagnosis File for TroubleshootingIssuesDiscard all Analytics data, reset the Data Collectors and reset the database password to its defaultvalue.

Namepbsa-setup-diagnosis

Syntaxpbsa-setup-diagnosis [ options ]

DescriptionThis command creates a zip file in the current working directory containing information that can assistin the resolution of system issues. This file can be emailed to Altair Systems Support to help with thediagnosis of an issue.

This command must be executed as root or as a user with sudo privileges using the sudo command onthe machine where the Analytics component is installed.

Options--help

Display help for the command. This option cannot be used in conjunction with any other options.

--versionDisplay the command's version number. This option cannot be used in conjunction with any otheroptions.

Error Messages

Table 11: Error Messages

Message Text Description

Error occurred while finding configuration Path<FILENAME>

The Analytics configuration file denoted by<FILENAME> cannot be found. Contact yoursystems administrator.

Error while creating temporary directory An error occurred while creating the zip file.Contact your systems administrator.

Error while read source <DIRECTORY>. Please makesure directory exist and user have proper permission

An error occurred while creating the zip file.Contact your systems administrator.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 118: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

Cloud Bursting 7

7 Cloud Bursting

This chapter covers the following:

• 7.1 Cloud Bursting (p. 115)

• 7.2 Cloud Bursting Terminology (p. 117)

• 7.3 Prerequisites for Cloud Bursting (p. 118)

• 7.4 New Cloud Bursting Features (p. 119)

• 7.5 PCLM CLI Client (p. 121)

• 7.6 Installing and Configuring a Bind DNS Server (p. 122)

• 7.7 Cloud Bursting Startup Script (p. 126)

• 7.8 Configuring Amazon Web Service Cloud Bursting (p. 130)

• 7.9 Configuring Microsoft Azure Cloud Bursting (p. 142)

• 7.10 Configuring Google Cloud Platform Cloud Bursting (p. 157)

• 7.11 Configuring Oracle Cloud Platform Cloud Bursting (p. 166)

• 7.12 Configuring Orange Cloud Flexible Engine for Cloud Bursting (p. 181)

• 7.13 Configuring HUAWEI Cloud for Cloud Bursting (p. 193)

• 7.14 Configuring Open Telekom Cloud for Cloud Bursting (p. 204)

• 7.15 Testing Cloud Bursting with the CLI (p. 215)

• 7.16 Configuring PBS Professional for Cloud Bursting (p. 217)

Page 119: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.115

7.1 Cloud BurstingCloud bursting is a configuration that is set up between an HPC cluster and a public cloud to deal withpeaks in cluster demand. When resource capacity at the HPC reaches a certain point, the demand isdirected to a public cloud so there is no interruption of services.

Cloud bursting requires that you already have an account with one of the supported cloud providers:

• Microsoft Azure

• Amazon Web Services (AWS)

• Google Cloud Platform (GCP)

• Oracle Cloud Platform

• Orange Cloud Flexible Engine (OCFE)

• HUAWEI Cloud

• Open Telecom Cloud

Cloud bursting is managed through PBS Professional by submitting jobs to one or more designatedcloud queues. A server periodic hook monitors cloud queues, estimates the demand for cloud nodes,and dynamically adjusts the number of nodes by bursting or unbursting as needed.

Figure 10: Typical Cloud Bursting Setup

Steps for Cloud BurstingThere is some setup required at the cloud provider level before a cloud bursting scenario can be createdusing PBS Control. There is also PBS Professional configuration that must be done. General steps thatare required for bursting:

1. Install a DNS server on the PBS Server.

2. Create a cloud-init script that runs after a cloud node is bursted.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 120: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.116

3. Create necessary cloud provider components such as a virtual network and a virtual machine.

4. SSH into the cloud provider virtual machine and configure the VM for your site's environment suchas installing PBS, installing cloud-init, mounting file systems, connecting it to the authenticationservice, installing any applications, etc.

5. Create an image of the virtual machine.

6. Provide the necessary cloud provider details, including the cloud-init script, by creating a burstingscenario with PBS Control.

7. Configure PBS cloud bursting custom resources.

8. Creating PBS cloud queues.

9. Configure the PBS cloud bursting hook.

Note: Steps vary depending upon the cloud provider used for cloud bursting.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 121: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.117

7.2 Cloud Bursting TerminologyDefinitions for terminology that is used to describe cloud bursting.

PCLM CLI

PBSCloud Command Line Interface. Client software that bursts, unbursts, and queries the statusof nodes in the cloud. The CLI can be used to test bursting at the command line and is alsoused as part of the cloud bursting hook configuration file. It is installed automatically with PBSProfessional 18.2. It must be installed manually for PBS Professional 14.2.6.

BurstThe action of adding a node in the cloud, and adding it to the PBS complex.

UnburstThe action of removing a node from both the PBS complex and the cloud.

Bursting scenarioScenario created in PBS Control containing information about resources provided by cloud servicethat are used for bursting.

ImageA pre-configured OS image in the cloud from which virtual machines can be instantiated.

InstanceA single virtual machine in a cloud computing environment.

Instance typeInstance characteristics: the combination of CPU, memory, storage, and networking capacity.

api_keyScenario token generated by PBS Control at the time of a scenario creation. Identifies cloudservice provider and account.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 122: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.118

7.3 Prerequisites for Cloud BurstingA secure network connection and DNS must be in place before cloud bursting can be enabled.

• An account with one of the supported cloud providers.

• PBS Works Bursted Node licenses.

• An on-premise PBS complex; this includes the PBS Server and execution hosts. All the setuprequired for bursting is done on your on-premise PBS complex (it is not done on the PBSServer installed with PBS Control. The PBS Server installed with PBS Control is only for runningsimulations).

• A DNS server on the PBS server host. Any node burst in the cloud must register with the DNSserver to identify itself in the complex. Any node that is created needs to be identified by itshostname; when a node is burst, the hook script registers the node with the DNS server.

• A dedicated network line, VPN setup, or SSH tunnel to the cloud provider for seamlesscommunication between the two.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 123: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.119

7.4 New Cloud Bursting FeaturesOverview of new cloud bursting features.

Several new features are available with cloud bursting:

Provide OS Image upon Job submissionThe first feature allows the OS image that is to be used when a cloud node is burst to be specified atjob submission via the qsub command. If this information is not provided at job submission, then theOS image defaults to the value of the cloud_default_image parameter in the cloud bursting hookconfiguration file.qsub -l select=1:ncpus=4 -q CLOUD_Q -v CLOUD_IMAGE=IMAGE JOB_SCRIPT

Where:

• CLOUD_Q is the name of the cloud queue.

• JOB_SCRIPT is the name of the script to be executed.

• IMAGE is the name of the OS image to be used when the node is burst.

Provide the Instance Type at Job SubmissionThe second feature allows the instance type that is bursted to be specified at job submission via theqsub command (ex. Standard_DS3_v2). Instance types are defined by the cloud provider. The name ofthe instance type must exactly match the cloud provider's.

If this information is not provided at job submission, then the instance type defaults to instance typedefined for the cloud queue.qsub -l select=1:ncpus=4 -q CLOUD_Q -v CLOUD_INSTANCE=INSTANCE_TYPE JOB_SCRIPT

Where:

• CLOUD_Q is the name of the cloud queue.

• JOB_SCRIPT is the name of the script to be executed.

• INSTANCE_TYPE is the name of cloud provider instance type. This is the type of machine that willbe burst.

Request InfiniBand NodesWhen the user wants to run HPC workloads like MPI jobs, the user needs InfiniBand supported nodesdeployed on the same InfiniBand network.

• The user can request InfiniBand nodes by requesting InfiniBand supported instance types.

• The user can request these nodes to be on the same InfiniBand network using the optionCLOUD_NETWORK=IB.

Both must be done when requesting InfiniBand nodes on the same InfiniBand network. Among thecloud providers, only Azure supports InfiniBand nodes today.qsub -l select=1:ncpus=4 -q CLOUD_Q -v CLOUD_INSTANCE=INSTANCE_TYPE,CLOUD_NETWORK=IB JOB_SCRIPT

Where:

• CLOUD_Q is the name of the cloud queue.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 124: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.120

• INSTANCE_TYPE is the name of cloud provider instance type and should be an instance type thatsupports Infiniband.

• JOB_SCRIPT is the name of the script to be executed.

To request an OS image, an instance type and InfiniBand nodes in a single qsub request:qsub -l select=1:ncpus=4 -q CLOUD_Q -v CLOUD_IMAGE=IMAGE,CLOUD_INSTANCE=INSTANCE_TYPE,CLOUD_NETWORK=IB JOB_SCRIPT

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 125: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.121

7.5 PCLM CLI ClientA Command Line Interface client for bursting and unbursting cloud nodes without using PBSProfessional.

You can burst, unburst and monitor the status of your cloud bursting scenarios through a command lineinterface using the PCLM CLI client. You can burst one VM, several VMs of the same type, or severalVMs of different types in one single bursting call workflow. You can also troubleshoot the burstingscenario by examining the logs messages that are written to PC_HOME/server_logs.

The current version of the PCLM CLI client is 0.4.1. It is compatible with PBScloud 2018.3. It has beentested on CentOS and Fedora and will run on any system supporting Python.

By default, PCLM CLI is installed at PBS_EXEC/bin/pclm for PBS Professional 18.2.x. Otherwise, you willneed to install the PCLM CLI manually.

7.5.1 Installing the PCLM CLI ClientSetup the prerequisites, install and test the PCLM CLI client application.

• Make sure Python 2.7 is installed on your system. Follow the instructions from the Installing Pythonpage to install it.

• Install pip. Follow the instructions from the Pip Installation page.

• Install virtualenv. Follow the instructions from the virtualenv Installation page.

Get the latest version of the PCLM CLI client. Setup Python and then use virtualenv and pip to setup thePCLM CLI client.

1. Login to the PBS Server.

2. Download the latest version of the PCLM CLI client.

3. Untar the pclm_cli archive.tar zxvf pclm_cli-VERSION.tgz

Where VERSION is the version of the PCLM CLI Client.

4. Navigate to the pclm_cli folder.cd pclm_cli_VERSION

5. Install, create and activate virtualenv.yum install python-virtualenvvirtualenv .pclm_cli-VERSIONsource .pclm_cli-VERSION/bin/activate

6. Install requirements.pip install -r requirements.txt

7. Install PBScloud PCLM CLI client.pip install

8. Test your installation.pclm --help

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 126: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.122

7.6 Installing and Configuring a Bind DNS ServerInstallation and configuration of bind must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using thesudo command.

For the below examples, assume the following:

• Fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the PBS Server = pbs.altair.com

• NIC address of the PBS Server is 10.0.0.5 on the 10.0.0.0/24 network

1. Login to the PBS Server.

2. Install BIND using one of the following options:

• For RHEL and CentOS:yum install bind

• For SLES and SUSE: zypper install bind

3. Edit the BIND configuration file /etc/named.conf.

4. Uncomment the following line by removing the # at the beginning of the line.#listen-on port 53 { 127.0.0.1; };

This line in the BIND configuration file tells BIND on which network interfaces and port to acceptclient queries.

5. Add the NIC address of the PBS Server.Example:listen-on port 53 { 127.0.0.1;10.0.0.5; };

The NIC address of the PBS Server should be accessible by all of the PBS execution hosts(compute nodes).

6. Comment out the below line:listen-on-v6 port 53 { ::1; };

Example:#listen-on-v6 port 53 { ::1; };

7. Uncomment the following line by removing the # at the beginning of the line:#allow-query { localhost; };

This line in the BIND configuration file defines the networks from which clients can post DNSrequests.

8. Add the PBS Server network:Example:allow-query { localhost;10.0.0.0/24; };

9. Add the following line to the bottom of the file:include "/etc/named/named.conf.local";

10. Save the file.

11. Make a directory where your site's forward and reverse zone files will be stored:mkdir /etc/named/zones

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 127: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.123

12. Navigate to that directory:cd /etc/named/zones

13. Create a forward zone file:vi db.DOMAINNAME

Where DOMAINNAME represents the domain name of the PBS Server.

Example:vi db.pbs.altair.com

14. Add the following lines to the file:

$TTL 604800@ IN SOA ns1.DOMAINNAME. admin.DOMAINNAME. ( 3 ; Serial 604800 ; Refresh 86400 ; Retry 2419200 ; Expire 604800 ) ; Negative Cache TTL;; name servers - NS records IN NS headnode.DOMAINNAME. ; PBS_NETWORK - A recordsheadnode.DOMAINNAME. IN A PBS_SERVER_IP_ADDR

Where DOMAINNAME represents the domain name of the PBS Server, PBS_SERVER_IP_ADDRrepresents the NIC address of the PBS Server, and PBS_NETWORK represents the PBS Servernetwork.

Example:$TTL 604800@ IN SOA ns1.pbs.altair.com. admin.pbs.altair.com. ( 3 ; Serial 604800 ; Refresh 86400 ; Retry 2419200 ; Expire 604800 ) ; Negative Cache TTL;; name servers - NS records IN NS headnode.pbs.altair.com. ; 10.0.0/24 - A recordsheadnode.pbs.altair.com. IN A 10.0.0.5

15. Save the file.

16. Create a reverse zone file:vi db.FIRST_THREE_OCTETS_OF_NETWORK_IP

Where FIRST_THREE_OCTETS_OF_NETWORK_IP represents the first three octets of the PBSServer network IP address:

Example:vi db.10.0.0

17. Add the following lines to the file:$TTL 604800@ IN SOA DOMAINNAME. admin.DOMAINNAME. ( 3 ; Serial

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 128: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.124

604800 ; Refresh 86400 ; Retry 2419200 ; Expire 604800 ) ; Negative Cache TTL; name servers IN NS headnode.DOMAINNAME. ; PTR Records5 IN PTR headnode.DOMAINNAME. ; PBS_SERVER_IP_ADDR

Where DOMAINNAME represents the domain name of the PBS Server and PBS_SERVER_IP_ADDRrepresents the NIC address of the PBS Server.

Example:$TTL 604800@ IN SOA pbs.altair.com. admin.pbs.altair.com. ( 3 ; Serial 604800 ; Refresh 86400 ; Retry 2419200 ; Expire 604800 ) ; Negative Cache TTL; name servers IN NS headnode.pbs.altair.com. ; PTR Records5 IN PTR headnode.pbs.altair.com. ; 10.0.0.5

18. Save the file.

19. Create a file that is used by BIND to determine where the forward and reverse zones file arestored:vi /etc/named/named.conf.local

20. Add the following to the file indicating the location of the forward zone file:zone "DOMAINNAME" { type master; file "/etc/named/zones/db.DOMAINNAME";};

Where DOMAINNAME represents the domain name of the PBS Server.

Example:zone "pbs.altair.com" { type master; file "/etc/named/zones/db.pbs.altair.com";};

21. Add the following lines to the file indicating the location of the reverse zone file:zone "NETWORK_OCTETS_REVERSE_ORDER.in-addr.arpa" { type master; file "/etc/named/zones/db.FIRST_THREE_OCTETS_OF_NETWORK_IP"; };

Where FIRST_THREE_OCTETS_OF_NETWORK_IP represents the first three octets of the PBSServer network IP address and NETWORK_OCTETS_REVERSE_ORDER represents first three octetsof the network but in reverse order and .

Example:zone "0.0.10.in-addr.arpa" { type master; file "/etc/named/zones/db.10.0.0";

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 129: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.125

};

Network IP address is 10.0.0.0/24 so NETWORK_OCTETS_REVERSE_ORDER is 0.0.10

22. Save the file.

23. Restart BIND:service named restart

24. Edit /etc/resolv.conf.

Note: Configuring /etc/resolv.conf needs to be performed on all execution hosts.For the nodes that are bursted in the cloud, configuring /etc/resolv.conf is done inthe cloud-init script that is ran after a cloud is bursted.

25. Add the following lines to the file:search DOMAINNAMEnameserver PBS_SERVER_IP_ADDR

Where DOMAINNAME represents the domain name of the PBS Server and PBS_SERVER_IP_ADDRrepresents the NIC address of the PBS Server.

Example:search pbs.altair.comnameserver 10.0.0.5

26. Save the file.

27. Query the DNS server for the IP address:nslookup DOMAINNAME

Where DOMAINNAME represents the domain name of the PBS Server.

Example:nslookup pbs.altair.com

The command should return the IP address of DOMAINNAME.

28. Query the DNS server for the domain name:nslookup PBS_SERVER_IP_ADDR

Where PBS_SERVER_IP_ADDR represents the NIC address of the PBS Server.

Example:nslookup 10.0.0.5

The command should return the domain name of PBS_SERVER_IP_ADDR.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 130: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.126

7.7 Cloud Bursting Startup ScriptCreate a script that is ran when the cloud node is bursted.

IntroductionYour site will want to do some configuration to their cloud nodes after booting. For example, you maywant to install some packages, add users, or start services. A utility specifically designed for this iscloud-init. The cloud-init program is a bootstrapping utility for pre-provisioned disk images that run invirtualized environments, usually cloud-oriented services. Basically, it sets up the server instance to beusable when it’s finished booting. You must install cloud-init on your cloud provider VM to simplify thetask of configuring your instances on boot. For more information see cloud-init.

Several input types are supported by cloud-init.

• Shell scripts

• Cloud config files

The simplest way to configure an instance on boot is to use a shell script. This shell script is uploadedwhen a cloud bursting scenario is created. The shell script must begin with #! in order for cloud-init torecognize it as a shell script.

Below are examples of configuration that should be done via this script after a node has been burstedin the cloud. These examples are not intended to be copied and pasted as is, you must configure thestartup script per your site's needs.

Example of a cloud-init Script#!/bin/sh# Configure the DNS resolverecho "resolv.conf setup"rm -f /etc/resolv.confecho "search DOMAINNAME" > /etc/resolv.confecho "nameserver PBS_SERVER_IP_ADDR" >> /etc/resolv.conf

# Map IP address to hostnames via /etc/hostsecho "/etc/hosts setup"rm -f /etc/hostsecho "127.0.0.1 localhost localhost.localdomain localhost4 localhost4.localdomain4" > /etc/hostsecho "PBS_SERVER_IP_ADDR headnode headnode.DOMAINNAME" >> /etc/hosts

IP=`ip addr show eth0 | grep "inet\b" | awk '{print $2}' | cut -d/ -f1`HOST=`uname -n`echo "$IP $HOST" >> /etc/hosts

# Disable NetworkManager so that it does not overwrite the /etc/resolv.conf filesystemctl disable NetworkManagersystemctl stop NetworkManagersystemctl enable networksystemctl start network

# Configure PBS via /etc/pbs.confecho "pbs setup"systemctl stop pbsrm -f /etc/pbs.confecho "PBS_EXEC=/opt/pbs/default" > /etc/pbs.conf

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 131: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.127

echo "PBS_HOME=/var/spool/PBS" >> /etc/pbs.confecho "PBS_START_SERVER=0" >> /etc/pbs.confecho "PBS_START_MOM=1" >> /etc/pbs.confecho "PBS_START_SCHED=0" >> /etc/pbs.confecho "PBS_START_COMM=0" >> /etc/pbs.confecho "PBS_SERVER=PBS_SERVER_HOSTNAME" >> /etc/pbs.confecho "PBS_CORE_LIMIT=unlimited" >> /etc/pbs.confecho "PBS_SCP=/bin/scp" >> /etc/pbs.confecho "PBS_LEAF_ROUTERS=HOSTNAME,HOSTNAME" >> /etc/pbs.conf

# Configure the MoMecho "mom config setup". /etc/pbs.confecho "\$clienthost $PBS_SERVER" >> /var/spool/pbs/mom_priv/configecho "\$clienthost ${PBS_SERVER//.*}" >> /var/spool/pbs/mom_priv/configecho "\$restrict_user_maxsysid 999" >> /var/spool/pbs/mom_priv/config

# Restart pbssystemctl start pbs

An explanation for each section of the cloud-init script is given below. For the below examples assumethe following: Fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the PBS Server = pbs.altair.com NIC address ofthe PBS Server is 10.0.0.5 on the 10.0.0.0/24 network. A DNS server has already been configured.

Configure the DNS ResolverThe DNS resolver allows applications running in the operating system to translate human-friendlydomain name into the numeric IP addresses that are required for access to resources on the local areanetwork or the Internet.

When a cloud node is provisioned, the cloud provider DNS information is automatically put in the /etc/resolv.conf file on the provisioned node. You then override the content of this file by providing thesearch domains and nameservers specific to your site in the cloud-init script.#!/bin/sh# Configure the DNS resolverecho "resolv.conf setup"rm -f /etc/resolv.confecho "search DOMAINNAME" > /etc/resolv.confecho "nameserver PBS_SERVER_IP_ADDR" >> /etc/resolv.conf

Where DOMAINNAME represents the domain name of the PBS Server and PBS_SERVER_IP_ADDRrepresents the NIC address of the PBS Server.

Example:

# Configure the DNS resolverecho "resolv.conf setup"rm -f /etc/resolv.confecho "search pbs.altair.com" > /etc/resolv.confecho "nameserver 10.0.0.5" >> /etc/resolv.conf

Add additional search domains, if you want to resolve hosts outside the PBS complex. If this informationis not present, cloud bursting will still work but hosts other than the PBS Server and bursted nodes willnot be resolvable.

Configure the Host FileMap the hostnames defined when creating the DNS forward and reverse zone files to the PBS Server IPaddress by updating the /etc/hosts file.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 132: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.128

# Map IP address to hostnames via /etc/hostsecho "/etc/hosts setup"rm -f /etc/hostsecho "127.0.0.1 localhost localhost.localdomain localhost4 localhost4.localdomain4" > /etc/hostsecho "PBS_SERVER_IP_ADDR headnode headnode.DOMAINNAME" >> /etc/hosts

IP=`ip addr show eth0 | grep "inet\b" | awk '{print $2}' | cut -d/ -f1`HOST=`uname -n`echo "$IP $HOST" >> /etc/hosts

Example:# Map IP address to hostnames via /etc/hostsecho "/etc/hosts setup"rm -f /etc/hostsecho "127.0.0.1 localhost localhost.localdomain localhost4 localhost4.localdomain4" > /etc/hostsecho "10.0.0.5 headnode headnode.pbs.altair.com" >> /etc/hosts

IP=`ip addr show eth0 | grep "inet\b" | awk '{print $2}' | cut -d/ -f1`HOST=`hostname -s`echo "$IP $HOST" >> /etc/hosts

#Tell NetworkManager to not overwrite the resolv.conf filesystemctl disable NetworkManagersystemctl stop NetworkManagersystemctl enable networksystemctl start network

Note: The command below may need to be modified depending on your site's operatingsystem. ip addr show eth0 | grep "inet\b" | awk '{print $2}' | cut -d/ -f1

Disable NetworkManager and Use Network InterfaceStop NetworkManager and use network interface so that the contents of /etc/resolv.conf do not getoverwritten:systemctl disable NetworkManagersystemctl stop NetworkManagersystemctl enable networksystemctl start network

Configure PBSUpdate the PBS configuration file /etc/pbs.conf:# Configure pbs.confecho "pbs setup"systemctl stop pbsrm -f /etc/pbs.confecho "PBS_EXEC=/opt/pbs" > /etc/pbs.confecho "PBS_HOME=/var/spool/pbs" >> /etc/pbs.confecho "PBS_START_SERVER=0" >> /etc/pbs.confecho "PBS_START_MOM=1" >> /etc/pbs.confecho "PBS_START_SCHED=0" >> /etc/pbs.confecho "PBS_START_COMM=0" >> /etc/pbs.confecho "PBS_SERVER=PBS_SERVER_HOSTNAME" >> /etc/pbs.confecho "PBS_CORE_LIMIT=unlimited" >> /etc/pbs.confecho "PBS_SCP=/bin/scp" >> /etc/pbs.confecho "PBS_LEAF_ROUTERS=HOSTNAME,HOSTNAME" >> /etc/pbs.conf

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 133: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.129

Where PBS_SERVER_HOSTNAME represents the hostname of the machine where the PBS Server isinstalled and HOSTNAME tells each endpoint which communication daemon it should talk to.

Note: If PBS is installed in non-default home and execution directory, then update thevalue of PBS_EXEC and PBS_HOME.

Configure the PBS MoM and Restart PBSUpdate the PBS_HOME/mom_priv_config file to configure the MoM:

# Configure /var/spool/pbs/mom_priv/configecho "mom config setup". /etc/pbs.confecho "\$clienthost $PBS_SERVER" >> /var/spool/pbs/mom_priv/configecho "\$clienthost ${PBS_SERVER//.*}" >> /var/spool/pbs/mom_priv/configecho "\$restrict_user_maxsysid 999" >> /var/spool/pbs/mom_priv/config

systemctl start pbs

Note: If PBS is installed in non-default directory, then change the path to the PBS homedirectory (i.e., /var/spool/pbs).

Optional ConfigurationUse the startup script to configure filesystems (/etc/fstab), configure NIS (/etc/yp.conf), mountnecessary filesystems, and any other configuration that your site requires.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 134: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.130

7.8 Configuring Amazon Web Service CloudBurstingCreate the necessary components in AWS that are required for cloud bursting and then create a PBSControl cloud bursting scenario.

Before you can begin creating the AWS components necessary for cloud bursting, you must create andactivate an AWS account. For more information see How do I create and activate a new Amazon WebServices account.

7.8.1 Creating an Amazon Web Service User AccountCreate an Amazon Web Service (AWS) user account so that you can later create a cloud account in PBSControl.

You must already have signed up for an AWS account.

AWS documentation can be found at Creating an IAM User in Your AWS Account.

Create an AWS user account and give this account administrative permissions. Once this task iscomplete, you should have downloaded a CSV file containing the following:

• Access key ID

• Secret access key

This information is necessary to create a cloud account in PBS Control.

1. Login in the AWS console.

2. Using the search box located under AWS services, enter IAM.

3. Click the IAM search result.The Identity and Access Management dashboard is opened.

4. In the navigation pane on the left-hand side of the web page, click Users.

5. Click Add user.This user will have administrative rights to any machines hosted in the cloud.

6. Enter the following information to add a user:

a) For User name, enter a name for the user.

The name can be anything meaningful to your organization, e.g., pc_clouduser.

b) For Access type, enable Programmatic access.

The user requires this type of access because PBS Control needs to make API calls or use theAWS CLI. An access key ID and a secret access key are generated for the user.

7. Click Next:Permissions.

8. Optional: Click Add user to group.

This button may already be selected.

9. Click Create group.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 135: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.131

10. Enter the following information to create a group, add the user to the group, and choose apermission policy for the group.

a) For Group name, enter a group name.

The name can be anything meaningful to your organization, e.g., pc_cloudgroup.

b) For Policy type, enable AdministratorAccess.

This policy provides full access to AWS services and resources.

11. Click Create group.You are returned to the Add user page and the new group is enabled indicating that the user isadded to the new group.

12. Click Next: Review.

13. Click Create user.14. Click Download.csv.

15. Download and save this file in a secure location.

This file contains an access key ID and a secret access key and is used later to add a cloudaccount to PBS Control.

16. Click Close.The new user account is displayed.

7.8.2 Adding an Amazon Web Service Cloud AccountAdd an existing AWS user account to PBS Control so that you can create a cloud bursting scenario or anappliance.

You must already created an AWS user account, given it administrative permissions and downloadeda CSV file containing an access key ID and a secret access key. The information in the CSV file isnecessary to create a cloud account in PBS Control. If you do not have this information see Creating anAmazon Web Service User Account.

1. Login to PBS Control.

2. Click the Cloud tab.

3. Under Infrastructure, click Cloud.

4. Click Add Cloud Account.5. Enter the following to add a cloud account:

a) For Provider, click .

b) For Account name, enter any name for the cloud account.

The name can be anything meaningful to your organization, e.g., aws_cloudaccount.

c) For Access Key ID, copy and paste the value of Access key ID from the downloaded CSVfile.

d) For Secret Access Key, copy and paste the Secret access key value from the downloadedCSV file.

6. Click Create account.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 136: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.132

7.8.3 Creating a Virtual Private Cloud NetworkCreate a Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) in AWS so that you can later create a virtual machine for cloudbursting.

Login to your AWS Management Console and choose a region based on the geographical location ofyour users. All cloud resources that are created are placed in this region. For more information seeRegions and Availability Zones. The menu for selecting a region is located at the upper right-handcorner of the AWS Console menu bar.

AWS documentation can be found at Getting Started with IPv4 for Amazon VPC and Working with VPCsand Subnets.

Figure 11: AWS Region

1. Click located in the upper left-hand corner of the web page.

2. Using the search box located under AWS services, enter VPC.

3. Click the VPC search result.The VPC dashboard is opened.

4. In the menu located on the left-hand side of the web page, click Your VPCs.

Create a virtual private cloud.

5. Click Create VPC.

6. Enter the following to create a VPC:

a) For Name, enter any name for the VPC.

The name can be anything meaningful to your organization, e.g., bursting_vpc.

b) For IPv4 CIDR block, provide an address range in CIDR notation.

c) For IPv6 CIDR block, enable No IPv6 CIDR Block.

d) For Tenancy, choose Default.7. Click Yes, Create.

Create a subnet for the VPC:

8. In the menu located on the left-hand side of the web page, click Subnets.

9. Click Create Subnet.a) For Name tag, enter a name for the subnet.

The name can be anything meaningful to your organization, e.g., bursting_subnet.

b) For VPC, choose the VPC that was previously created (e.g. bursting_vpc).

c) For Availability Zone, choose one of the following options:

• Choose an availability zone from the menu.

• Choose No Preference to let Amazon choose an Availability Zone for you.

d) For IPv4 CIDR block, provide an address range in CIDR notation.

10. Click Create.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 137: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.133

11. Click Close.

7.8.4 Creating an Internet GatewayCreate an internet gateway and attach it to the bursting VPC.

AWS documentation can be found at Internet Gateways.

An internet gateway must be created so that you can later SSH into the virtual machine that is used forcloud bursting.

1. Login in the AWS console.

2. In the menu located on the left-hand side of the web page, click Internet Gateways.

3. Click Create internet gateway.

4. Enter the following to create an internet gateway:

a) For Name tag, enter a name for the internet gateway.

The name can be anything meaningful to your organization, e.g., bursting_gateway

5. Click Create.

6. Click Close.

7. Select the internet gateway that was just created by enabling the check box next to the name ofthe gateway.

Tip: You may need to deselect any other internet gateways that are displayed in thelist. Amazon creates default resources for your selected region so a default internetgateway may already exist.

8. Click Actions > Attach to VPC.

9. Select the VPC that was created previously (e.g. bursting_vpc).

10. Click Attach.

7.8.5 Updating the VPC Route TableAdd a rule to the VPC route table that allows all internet access and associate the route table to thebursting subnet.

AWS documentation can be found at Route Tables.

1. Login in the AWS console.

2. In the menu located on the left-hand side of the web page, click Route Tables.A list of route tables is displayed.

3. Select the route table attached to your VPC (e.g. bursting_vpc) by enabling the check box next tothe name of the route table.

The VPC column in the route table list specifies the VPC to which the route table is attached.

4. Click the Routes tab at the bottom of the web page.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 138: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.134

5. Click Edit.

Figure 12: Add a Route

6. Click Add another route.

Add a rule that allows all traffic access to the internet gateway:

7. Enter the following to add a rule:

a) For Destination enter 0.0.0.0/0.

b) For Target, select the internet gateway that was created previously (e.g. bursting_gateway).

8. Click Save.

Associated the route table to the bursting subnet:

9. Click the Subnet Associations tab.

10. Click Edit.11. Enable the Associate check box.

12. Click Save.

7.8.6 Creating a Virtual MachineCreate a CentOS 7 virtual machine in AWS Elastic Compute Cloud (EC2).

AWS documentation can be found at Launch a Linux Virtual Machine and Launching a Virtual Machinewith Amazon EC2.

1. Login in the AWS console.

2. Click located in the upper left-hand corner of the web page.

3. Using the search box located under AWS services, enter EC2.

4. Click the EC2 search result.The EC2 dashboard is opened.

5. In the menu located on the left-hand side of the web page, click Instances.

6. Click Launch Instance.

7. In the menu located on the left-hand side of the web page, click AWS Marketplace.

8. Using the Search AWS Marketplace Products search box, enter CentOS 7.

9. Locate the CentOS 7 Amazon Machine Image (AMI) and click Select.10. Click Continue.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 139: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.135

11. Select an Instance Type appropriate for your site's workload based on:

• the number of cores

• the amount of memory

• storage

• network performance

Consider the nature of the applications that you plan to deploy on the instance, the number ofusers that you expect to use the applications, and also how you expect the load to scale in thefuture. Remember to also factor in the CPU and memory resources that are necessary for theoperating system.

12. Click Next: Configure Instance Details.

13. Enter the following to configure instance details:

a) For Number of instances, specify 1.

b) For Network, choose the VPC that you previously created (e.g. bursting_vpc).The bursting subnet is automatically populated.

c) For Auto-assign Public IP, select Enable.

14. Click Next: Add Storage.

15. Specify the storage options as per your site's requirements.

Tip: It is recommended to enable Delete on Termination to delete EBS volumeswhen the virtual machine is terminated.

16. Click Next: Add Tags.

17. Optional: You can add tags in key-value pairs for the VM per your site's requirements.

18. Click Next: Configure Security Group.

19. Enter the following to create a security group for the VM:

a) For Assign a security group, enable Create a new security group.

b) For Security group name, enter a name for the security group.

The name can be anything meaningful to your organization, e.g., bursting_security_group.

a) Add new security rules based on your site's requirements.

Figure 13: Security Rules

20. Click Review and Launch.

21. Review the VM information of the VM and click Launch.

22. Create a new public/private key pair for the VM by entering the following:

a) Select Create a new key pair.b) Provide a name for the key pair.

c) Click Download Key Pair.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 140: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.136

d) Download and save this file in a secure location.

The information in this .pem file is used later to SSH into the VM.

23. Click Launch Instances.

24. At the bottom of the web page, click View Instances.All virtual machines that have been created are displayed.

Your virtual machine is ready when the Instance State is equal to "running" and Status Checks arecomplete. The virtual machine can be accessed using its IPv4 Public IP.

Figure 14: Bursting Virtual Machine

7.8.7 Installing and Configuring the PBS MoM on the VMInstall the PBS MoM on the virtual machine and configure the VM per your site's environment.

The username for logging into the virtual machine is dependent on the Amazon Machine Image (AMI)that you used to create the virtual machine. For example, the user name for a CentOS AMI is "centos".

Note: You will need to set the default_user parameter of the PBS Professional burstinghook configuration file to this username.

For information about user names and instructions for connecting and copying files to the virtualmachine see Connecting to Your Linux Instance Using SSH.

You will need the .pem file downloaded while creating the VM.

A cloud-init script is provided during the creation of the bursting scenario. This script is ran after a cloudnode is bursted and is used to set up the system environment so that nodes bursted in the cloud cancommunicate with the PBS Professional Server, therefore installation of cloud-init on the VM is required.For more information about installing cloud-init, refer to the Cloudinit Documentation.

1. Login to your site's PBS Server as the user pbsadmin.

2. SSH into the virtual machine as the user "centos "using the IPv4 Public IP assigned to the VM byentering a command similar to:ssh -i /path/my-key-pair.pem centos@IPV4PublicIP

where /path/my-key-pair.pem is the location of the .pem file downloaded while creating thevirtual machine and IPV4PublicIP is the public IP address of the virtual machine.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 141: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.137

Figure 15: Bursting Virtual Machine

3. Enter the command:sudo -i

4. Using the PBS Professional Installation and Upgrade Guide, install and configure the PBS MOM.

5. Once the PBS MOM is installed, edit the /etc/pbs.conf file.

6. Change the value of PBS_SERVER to the hostname of the PBS Server.

7. Save the file.

8. Edit the file PBS_HOME/mom_priv/config.

where PBS_HOME is the home directory of PBS.

9. Change the value of $clienthost to the hostname of the PBS Server.

10. Save the file.

11. Configure the VM for your site's environment such as pointing it the DNS server, mounting filesystems, connecting it to the authentication service, installing any applications, etc.

12. Install cloud-init.

13. Connect the VM to your PBS server and submit a job to ensure it is working as expected.

7.8.8 Creating an OS ImageCreate an image of the virtual machine configured per your site's requirements.

You must have already create a virtual machine, installed the PBS MoM on the VM and configured theVM per your site's environment.

AWS documentation can be found at Create an AMI from an Amazon EC2 Instance.

1. Login in the AWS console.

2. Click located in the upper left-hand corner of the web page.

3. Using the search box located under AWS services, enter EC2.

4. Click the EC2 search result.The EC2 dashboard is opened.

5. In the menu located on the left-hand side of the web page, click Instances.

6. Select the virtual machine created for cloud bursting by enabling the check box next to its name.

7. At the top, click Actions > Instance State > Stop.

8. Click Yes, Stop.

It may take some time for the virtual machine to be stopped.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 142: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.138

Important: Do not proceed until the Instance State is "stopped".

9. Click Actions > Image > Create Image.

10. For Image name, enter a name for the image.

The name can be anything meaningful to your organization, e.g., bursting_image.

11. Click Create Image.

12. Click the View pending image ami-xxxxxxxxxx link.

The image is complete when its Status is "available".

You can now delete the virtual machine so that you are no longer charged for it.

7.8.9 Creating a Cloud Bursting Scenario and a TokenCreate an AWS bursting scenario so that PBS execution nodes can be bursted in the cloud.

Open a browser window and login to your AWS Management Console. Open a second browser windowand login to PBS Control.

A cloud-init script is provided during the creation of the bursting scenario. This script is ran after a cloudnode is bursted and is used to set up the system environment so that nodes bursted in the cloud cancommunicate with the PBS Professional Server. For more information about writing cloud-init scripts,refer to the Cloudinit Documentation and the Cloud Bursting chapter of the PBS ControlAdministrator'sGuide.

To control the bursting, bursting limits can be defined for nodes, CPUs, RAM and disk space throughquotas. Once the limit is reached, additional nodes are not bursted. Alerts can also be defined so thatan email is sent by a SMTP server when a node, CPU, RAM or disk space limit is reached.

Note: The SMTP server is configured during installation of PBS Control by your site'ssystem administrator.

The final step when creating a bursting scenario, is the creation of a token and associated API key. TheAPI key is used in the PBS Professional Cloud Bursting hook.

1. Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

2. Click Cloud.

3. Under Infrastructure, click Bursting.

4. Click Add Bursting Scenario.

5. Enter information about the bursting scenario such as name, cloud provider, cloud account, andgeographic location.

a) For Name, enter a name for the cloud bursting scenario.

b) For Description, enter a description.

c) For Cloud Provider, click .

d) For Cloud Account, choose a registered AWS account from the list.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 143: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.139

e) Select a region from the list that matches the region selected in AWS.

Figure 16: AWS Region

6. Click Next.7. For Domain name, provide the domain name of your organization for the cloud bursting network.

altair.com, burst.altair.com

8. For Hostname prefix, enter a prefix for the names of the bursted nodes.If "node" is entered , the cloud bursting nodes will be available to PBS Professional as node1,node2, node3, etc.

9. Navigate to the AWS browser window.

10. Click located in the upper left-hand corner of the web page.

11. Using the search box located under AWS services, enter EC2.

12. Click the EC2 search result.The EC2 dashboard is opened.

13. In the menu located on the left-hand side of the web page, click AMIs.

14. Select the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) created for cloud bursting by enabling the check boxnext to its name.

15. In the Details tab located at the bottom of the web page, hover over the AMI ID.

A copy to clipboard icon is displayed.

16. Click .

17. Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

18. For the AMI ID, paste the AMI ID copied from AWS.

19. Navigate to the AWS browser window.

20. In the menu located on the left-hand side of the web page, click Security Groups underNETWORK & SECURITY.

21. Select the Security Group created for the bursting virtual machine by enabling the check box nextto its Group ID.

22. In the Description tab located at the bottom of the web page, hover over the Group ID.

A copy to clipboard icon is displayed.

23. Click .

24. Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

25. For the Security group ID, paste the Group ID copied from AWS.

26. Navigate to the AWS browser window.

27. Click located in the upper left-hand corner of the web page.

28. Using the search box located under AWS services, enter VPC.

29. Click the VPC search result.The VPC dashboard is opened.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 144: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.140

30. In the menu located on the left-hand side of the web page, click Subnets.

31. Select the subnet for the bursting VPC by enabling the check box next to its name.

32. In the Description tab located at the bottom of the web page, hover over the Subnet ID.

A copy to clipboard icon is displayed.

33. Click .

34. Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

35. For the Subnet ID, paste the Subnet ID copied from AWS.

36. Enable the Add public IP to VMs if you need to connect to the cloud bursting nodes from theinternet.

It is recommended to leave this disabled.

37. Add public SSH keys for any users that you want to have access to the bursted nodes:

a) Login to the PBS Server.

b) Copy the public SSH key for the user.

Public key files are usually stored in /.ssh in the user's home directory.

c) Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

d) Click Add to add the public key.

e) For Public SSH keys, paste the public SSH key.

f) Repeat steps a through e to add additional public SSH keys.

The public keys are copied to each bursted node for secure connectivity.

38. For Cloud-init script, click Browse, browse for the script file and select it.

This script will run after a cloud node is bursted.

39. Click Next to define quotas for the cloud bursting scenario.

40. Add quotas and alerts:

a) Click Add Quota.

b) For Resource type, choose a resource from the menu.

c) Click Add Quota.

d) For Limit, choose a limit for the resource.

When the limit is reached for the resource, the deployment of further cloud bursted nodes isblocked.

e) Click + to add an alert.

f) Add an alert value.

When the alert value is reached, an email is sent if an SMTP server is configured.

g) Repeat steps a through f to add quotas and alerts for other resources types.

41. Click Instantiate scenario.

42. Add a token.

a) For Name, enter a name for the token.

b) For Expiration date, specify the expiration date in MM/DD/YYYY format.

c) Click Add Token.An API key is generated.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 145: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.141

d) Copy and save this API key.

It is only displayed once. This key is pasted in the configuration file used to configure the PBSProfessional cloud bursting hook.

e) Click Close.Information about the cloud bursting scenario is displayed.

Once the cloud bursting scenario is created, there is additional configuration that needs to occur for PBSProfessional. For more information about cloud bursting with PBS Professional 14.2.6, see the chapterCloud Bursting with PBS in the PBS Professional 14.2.6 Release Notes. For PBS Professional 18.2, seethe chapter Cloud Bursting with PBS in the PBS Professional 18.2 Administrator's Guide. For cloudbursting with PBS Professional 18.2.2, see the Cloud Bursting chapter in the PBS Control Administrator'sGuide.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 146: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.142

7.9 Configuring Microsoft Azure Cloud BurstingCreate the necessary components in Microsoft Azure that are required for cloud bursting and thencreate a PBS Control cloud bursting scenario.

Before you can begin creating the Azure components necessary for cloud bursting, you must purchasean Azure subscription and have created a tenant. For more information about subscriptions see What isan Azure subscription. For more information about tenants see What is an Azure Active Directory tenantand How to get an Azure Active Directory tenant. As a final step, add users to the Active Directory.

7.9.1 Registering the PBS Control Application with AzureRegister PBS Control with Azure so that you can later create a cloud account in PBS Control.

You must have already purchased an Azure subscription, obtained a tenant and have an Azure useraccount.

Azure documentation can be found at Integrating applications with Azure Active Directory

Register the PBS Control web application with the Azure Active Directory and create an API access key.Manage access to the newly create application by assigning a role. Also, obtain your Azure tenant IDand subscription ID. Once this task is complete, you should have the following information stored in afile:

• Application ID generated when registering PBS Control with the Azure Active Directory.

• API access key generated for the newly registered PBS Control application.

• Subscription ID

• Tenant ID

This information is necessary to create a cloud account in PBS Control.

1. Login in to your Microsoft Azure account.

Register PBS Control to the Azure Active Directory.

2. In the menu located on the left-hand side of the web page, click Azure Active Directory.

3. Under MANAGE, click App registrations.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 147: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.143

Figure 17: Application Registration

4. Click New application registration.

5. Enter the following to register PBS Control to the Azure Active Directory:

a) For Name, enter the name of the application.

The name can be anything meaningful to your organization, e.g., pc_cloudapp.

a) For Application type, select Web app / API.

b) For Sign-on URL, enter the URL https://hostname:9500/pc.

where hostname is the hostname of the machine where the PBS Control Web Interface isinstalled. This is the URL that is used to login to PBS Control.

6. Click Create.Once the application registration is complete, its details are displayed, including an Application ID.

Obtain the application id of the newly registered application.

7. Hover over the Application ID and click when it appears.

8. Store the Application ID to a file.

The Application ID is used later to create a cloud account in PBS Control.

Create an api-key for your newly registered application.

9. Click .

Figure 18: Registered Application Settings

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 148: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.144

10. Under API Access, click Keys.

11. Enter the following to create an api-key:

a) For DESCRIPTION, enter pc_access_key.

b) For EXPIRES, select Never Expires.

12. Click Save.A key value is generated and is displayed under the heading VALUE.

13. Copy the key value.

14. Store the key value to a file.

The key value is used later to create a cloud account in PBS Control.

Obtain your Azure subscription ID.

15. In the menu located on the left-hand side of the web page, click Cost Management + Billing.

16. Under BILLING, click Subscriptions.

Figure 19: Subscriptions

17. Locate and click your subscription.Details about the subscription are displayed, including a Subscription ID.

18. Hover over the Subscription ID and click when it appears.

19. Store the Subscription ID value to a file.

The Subscription ID is used later to create a cloud account in PBS Control.

Assign an access control role to the newly registered application.

20. Click Access control (IAM).

Figure 20: Add Access Controls

21. Click Add.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 149: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.145

22. In the Add permissions panel, enter the following to assign a role to the newly registeredapplication:

a) For Role, select Contributor.b) For Assign access to, select Azure AD user, group, or application.

c) For Select, search for the newly registered application, e.g., pc_cloudapp.

23. Click Save.

Obtain your Azure tenant ID:

24. At the top of the web page, click .

25. Click Show diagnostics.

A dialog box is displayed allowing a file called PortalDiagnostics.json to be saved.

26. Open the file using any text editor.

27. Search for tenantId.

28. Store the value of tenantId to a file.

The Tenant ID is used later to create a cloud account in PBS Control

7.9.2 Adding a Microsoft Azure Cloud AccountAdd an Azure cloud account to PBS Control so that you can create a cloud bursting scenario or anappliance.

You should have the following information stored in a file:

• Application ID generated when registering PBS Control with the Azure Active Directory.

• API access key generated for the newly registered PBS Control application.

• Subscription ID

• Tenant ID

This information is necessary to create a cloud account in PBS Control. If you do not have thisinformation see Registering the PBS Control Application with Azure.

1. Login to PBS Control.

2. Click the Cloud tab.

3. Under Infrastructure, click Cloud.

4. Click Add Cloud Account.5. Enter the following to add a cloud account:

a) For Provider, click .

b) For Account name, enter any name for the cloud account.

The name can be anything meaningful to your organization, e.g., azure_cloudaccount.

c) For Client ID, enter the Application ID generated when PBS Control was registered with theAzure Active Directory.

d) For Secret Key, enter the API access key generated for the newly registered PBS Controlapplication.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 150: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.146

e) For AD tenant ID, enter your Azure tenant ID.

f) For Subscription ID, enter your Azure subscription ID.

6. Click Create account.After the account is created, it appears in the Cloud Accounts list. This may take a moment. Thecloud account is ready to be used when its state is READY.

7.9.3 Creating a Resource GroupCreate a resource group that will later be used to create a cloud bursting scenario.

You must have already purchased an Azure subscription and have an Azure user account.

Azure documentation can be found at What is an Azure resource group and Manage Azure resourcesthrough portal.

A resource group is container that holds related resources for an Azure solution. The resource group caninclude all the resources for the solution, or only those resources that you want to manage as a group.You decide how you want to allocate resources to resource groups based on what makes the most sensefor your organization. Once the resource group is created, resources that are placed into the resourcegroup are a virtual network, a virtual machine, and an image of the virtual machine.

1. Login to your Microsoft Azure account.

2. In the menu located on the left-hand side of the web page, click Resource groups.

3. Click + Add.

4. Create a resource group by entering the following:

a) For Resource group name, enter a name for the resource group.

The name can be anything meaningful to your organization, e.g., bursting_resource_group.

b) For Subscription, choose a subscription .

c) For Resource group location, select a location based on the geographical location of users.

5. Click Create.

It may take a moment to create the resource group. All resources (networks, virtual machines,etc.) that are created are placed within this resource group. The name of the resource group isrequired for creating a bursting scenario in PBS Control.

7.9.4 Creating a Virtual NetworkCreate a virtual network so that you can later create a virtual machine for cloud bursting.

You must have already purchased an Azure subscription, have an Azure user account and have createda resource group.

Azure documentation can be found at Virtual Network Documentation.

1. Login to your Microsoft Azure account.

2. In the menu located on the left-hand side of the web page, click Virtual networks.

3. Click +Add.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 151: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.147

4. Enter the following to create a virtual network:

a) For Name, enter a name for the virtual network.

The name can be anything meaningful to your organization, e.g., bursting_virtual_network

b) For Address space, enter an address range for the network using CIDR notation.

c) For Subscription, choose a subscription.

d) For Resource group, enable Use existing and choose the previously created burstingresource group.

e) For Location, select the same geographical location as was selected for the previously createdbursting resource group.

f) For Subnet, enter a name for the virtual machine's subnet.

The name can be anything meaningful to your organization, e.g., bursting_subnet

g) For Address range, enter an address range for the subnet in CIDR notation.

5. Click Create.

It may take a moment to create the virtual network. The name of the virtual network is requiredfor creating a bursting scenario in PBS Control.

7.9.5 Creating a Network Security Group and Add SecurityRulesCreate a network security group so that you can perform cloud bursting.

You must have already purchased an Azure subscription, have an Azure user account and have createda resource group.

Azure documentation can be found at Network security.

1. Login to your Microsoft Azure account.

2. In the menu located on the left-hand side of the web page, click Resource groups.

3. Select the resource group that was created for cloud bursting by clicking on its name.

4. Click +Add.

5. In the search box, enter network security group. and press ENTER.

6. Select the Network security group search result.

7. Click Create.

8. Enter the following to create a network security group:

a) For Name, enter a name for the network security group.

The name can be anything meaningful to your organization, e.g.,bursting_network_security_group.

a) For Subscription, choose a subscription.

b) For Resource group, enable Use existing and choose the previously created burstingresource group.

c) For Location, select the same geographical location as was selected for the previously createdbursting resource group.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 152: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.148

9. Click Create.

It may take a moment for the network security group to deploy.

10. Once the network security group is deployed a message is displayed indicating success, click onGo to resource.

11. Click Inbound security rules.

Figure 21: Inbound Security Rule

12. Click Add.

13. Enter the following to add an inbound security rule:

a) For Source, choose Any.

Specifies that incoming traffic from any IP address range is allowed.

b) For Source port ranges, enter *

Specifies that incoming traffic from any ports is allowed.

c) For Destination, choose Any.

Specifies that outgoing traffic from any IP address range is allowed.

d) For Destination port ranges, enter 22.

Specifies that outgoing traffic for port 22 is allowed.

e) For Protocol, click TCP.

f) For Action, enable Allow.

14. Click Add.

It may take a moment for the security rule to be created.

7.9.6 Creating a Virtual MachineCreate a CentOS 7.3 virtual machine in Azure.

You must have already purchased an Azure subscription, have an Azure user account and have createda resource group.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 153: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.149

You may want to view the following web page to learn about Azure Managed Disks before creating aVM. Additionally, a video is available from Microsoft that shows how to create a virtual machine: Createa Linux Virtual Machine.

To provide a secure connection between your site's PBS Server and the virtual machine you must supplythe SSH public key for the user pbsadmin. You can obtain the SSH public key by logging into the PBSServer as pbsadmin and viewing the contents of the public key files that are usually stored in the .sshdirectory.

1. Login to your Microsoft Azure account.

2. In the menu located on the left-hand side of the web page, click Virtual Machines.

3. Click Add.

4. In the search bar, enter CentOS-based 7.3 and press ENTER.

5. Select the CentOS-based 7.3 option from the search results list.

6. Click Create.

7. Enter the following to configure the basic settings for the virtual machine:

a) For Name, enter a name for the virtual machine.

The name can be anything meaningful to your organization, e.g., bursting-vm.

b) For VM disk type, choose one of the following options:

• SSD (Solid State Drive)

• HDD (Hard Disk Drive)

Choose SSD for I/O-intensive applications, where low latency and high throughput arecritical. For testing, consider HDD to keep costs down, as you scale up and down quickly.

c) For Username, enter pbsadmin.

Note: You will need to set the default_user parameter of the PBS Professionalbursting hook configuration file to this username.

d) For Authentication type, enable SSH public key.

e) For SSH public key, copy the SSH public key (i.e., id_rsa.pub) for the user pbsadmin from thePBS Server and paste it.

This provides a secure connection between your PBS Server and the virtual machine.

f) For Subscription, choose a subscription.

g) For Resource Group, enable Use Existing and choose the previously created burstingresource group.

h) For Location, select the same geographical location as was selected for the previously createdbursting resource group.

8. Click OK.

9. Choose a VM size appropriate for your site's workload based on:

• the number of cores

• the amount of RAM

• disk drive size

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 154: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.150

• price

Consider the nature of the applications that you plan to deploy on the instance, the number ofusers that you expect to use the applications, and also how you expect the load to scale in thefuture. Remember to also factor in the CPU and memory resources that are necessary for theoperating system.

10. Click Select.11. Enter the following to configure the optional features of the VM:

a) For Storage, choose whether you want to use managed disks by selecting:

• Yes to use managed disks.

• No to not use managed disks.

Enable this feature to have Azure automatically manage the availability of disks to providedata redundancy and fault tolerance, without creating and managing storage accounts onyour own. This option is recommended by Azure as it is a lot more scalable.

b) For Network Security Group, enable Advanced and choose the network security grouppreviously created for cloud bursting.

c) Accept defaults for the rest of the optional features.

12. Select OK.A summary of your VM is displayed.

13. Click Create.

It may take a few minutes for the VM to be deployed. You will use this virtual machine to createan OS image.

Once the virtual machine is deployed a message is displayed indicating success, click on Go toresource.

7.9.7 Installing and Configuring the PBS MoM on the VMInstall the PBS MoM on the virtual machine and configure the VM per your site's environment.

The user name for logging into the virtual machine is determined by the SSH key that was providedduring the creation of the virtual machine.

A cloud-init script is provided during the creation of the bursting scenario. This script is ran after a cloudnode is bursted and is used to set up the system environment so that nodes bursted in the cloud cancommunicate with the PBS Professional Server,therefore installation of cloud-init on the VM is required.For more information about installing cloud-init, refer to the Cloudinit Documentation.

1. Login to your site's PBS Server as the user pbsadmin.

2. SSH into the virtual machine as pbsadmin using the External IP assigned to the VM.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 155: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.151

Figure 22: Bursting Virtual Machine

3. Enter the command:sudo -i

4. Using the PBS Professional Installation and Upgrade Guide, install and configure the PBS MOM.

5. Once the PBS MOM is installed, edit the /etc/pbs.conf file.

6. Change the value of PBS_SERVER to the hostname of the PBS Server.

7. Save the file.

8. Edit the file PBS_HOME/mom_priv/config where PBS_HOME is the home directory of PBS.

9. Change the value of $clienthost to the hostname of the PBS Server.

10. Save the file.

11. Configure the VM for your site's environment such as pointing it the DNS server, mounting filesystems, connecting it to the authentication service, installing any applications, etc.

12. Install cloud-init.

13. Connect the VM to your PBS server and submit a job to ensure it is working as expected.

7.9.8 Creating an OS ImageCreate an image of the virtual machine configured per your site's requirements.

You must have already create a virtual machine, installed the PBS MoM on the VM and configured theVM per your site's environment.

To create an OS image requires the Azure CLI. Refer to these instructions for installing the CLI How toinstall the Azure CLI.

Before you can create an OS image of the previously created VM, you must first SSH into the VM anddeprovision it. Next you will use the Azure CLI to deallocate and generalize the VM and then create theimage. Generalizing the virtual machine removes any SSH keys and DNS settings from the VM.

Follow Step 1 and Step 2 as documented at the URL How to create an image of a virtual machine orVHD to create an image of the VM.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 156: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.152

Note: Before you can deallocate the virtual machine you may have to execute the followingcommands to set your subscription to be the active subscription.az account listaz account set --subscription yourSubscriptionID

An OS image is created of the virtual machine.

You can now delete the virtual machine so that you are no longer charged for it.

7.9.9 Creating a Bursting Scenario and a TokenCreate an Azure bursting scenario so that PBS execution nodes can be bursted in the cloud.

Open a browser window and login to your Microsoft Azure account. Open a second browser window andlogin to PBS Control.

Before creating a cloud bursting scenario, read the following Azure article about scale sets What arevirtual machine scale sets.

A cloud-init script is provided during the creation of the bursting scenario. This script is ran after a cloudnode is bursted and is used to set up the system environment so that nodes bursted in the cloud cancommunicate with the PBS Professional Server. For more information about writing cloud-init scripts,refer to the Cloudinit Documentation and the Cloud Bursting chapter of the PBS ControlAdministrator'sGuide.

To control the bursting, bursting limits can be defined for nodes, CPUs, RAM and disk space throughquotas. Once the limit is reached, additional nodes are not bursted. Alerts can also be defined so thatan email is sent by a SMTP server when a node, CPU, RAM or disk space limit is reached.

Note: The SMTP server is configured during installation of PBS Control by your site'ssystem administrator.

The final step when creating a bursting scenario, is the creation of a token and associated API key. TheAPI key is used in the PBS Professional Cloud Bursting hook.

Note: To create a bursting scenario you must enter a resource group, however theresources necessary for creating the bursting scenario (network, subnet, network securitygroup and the OS image) can all reside in a different resource group. However, the resourcegroups must be in the same geographic location for this to work.

1. Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

2. Click Cloud.

3. Under Infrastructure, click Bursting.

4. Click Add Bursting Scenario.

5. Enter information about the bursting scenario such as name, cloud provider, cloud account, andgeographic location.

a) For Name, enter a name for the cloud bursting scenario.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 157: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.153

b) For Description, enter a description.

c) For Cloud Provider, click .

d) For Cloud Account, choose a previously created Azure cloud account from the list.

e) For Select a region, select the same geographic location as was selected for the previouslycreated bursting resource group.

6. Click Next.Enter information about the Azure resources necessary to burst in the cloud.

7. For Domain name, provide the domain name of your organization for the cloud bursting network.altair.com, burst.altair.com

8. For Hostname prefix, enter a prefix for the names of the bursted nodes.If "node" is entered , the cloud bursting nodes will be available to PBS Professional as node1,node2, node3, etc.

9. Navigate to the Azure browser window.

10. In the menu located on the left-hand side of the web page, click Resource Groups.

11. Copy the name of the resource group created for cloud bursting.

12. Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

13. For Resource group name, paste the resource group copied from Azure.

14. Navigate to the Azure browser window.

15. In the menu located on the left-hand side of the web page, click Virtual Networks.

16. Copy the name of the virtual network created for cloud bursting.

17. Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

18. For Network name, paste the name of the virtual network copied from Azure.

If the network is contained in a resource group that is different from the one entered for thebursting scenario, it must be entered as Resource Group Name/Virtual Network Name.

19. Navigate to the Azure browser window.

20. Select the virtual network created for cloud bursting.

21. Click Subnets.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 158: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.154

Figure 23: Subnet

22. For Subnet name, copy the name of the subnet created for the cloud bursting virtual network.

23. Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

24. For Subnet name, paste the Subnet copied from Azure.

If the subnet is contained in a resource group that is different from the one entered for thebursting scenario, it must be entered as Resource Group Name/Subnet Name.

25. Navigate to the Azure browser window.

26. In the menu located on the left-hand side of the web page, click Resource Groups.

27. Select the Resource Group created for cloud bursting.

28. In the list, locate the Network Security group created for cloud bursting.

The Type is Network Security group.

29. Copy the name of the network security group.

30. Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

31. For Network security group name, paste the network security group copied from Azure.

If the network security group is contained in a resource group that is different from the oneentered for the bursting scenario, it must be entered as Resource Group Name/NetworkSecurity Group Name.

32. Choose one of the following options based on whether you chose to use the Azure managed diskfeature when creating the virtual machine:

• Enable Managed Storage if you enabled the managed disk feature.

• Disable Managed Storage if you disabled the managed disk feature.

33. Navigate to the Azure browser window.

34. In the menu located on the left-hand side of the web page, click Resource Groups.

35. Select the Resource Group created for cloud bursting.

36. In the list, locate the image that was created for cloud bursting.

The Type is Image.

37. Select the image.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 159: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.155

38. Choose one of the following options:

• If you chose to use managed disks when you created the VM, copy the name of the image.

• If you did not choose to use managed disks when you created the VM, copy the Linux SourceBLOB URI.

39. Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

40. For OS image, paste the information copied from Azure.

If the OS image is contained in a Resource group that is different from the one entered for thebursting scenario, it must be entered as Resource Group Name/OS Image Name or ResourceGroup Name/URI.

41. Enable the Add public IP to VMs if you need to connect to the cloud bursting nodes from theinternet.

It is recommended to leave this disabled.

42. For Maximum number of VMs inside a ScaleSet, specify the limit for your cloud bursting scenario.

If you use InfiniBand, Azure limits the number of VMs on a scaleset to 100. Without InfiniBand, fora scaleset with managed disk and custom image, you can specify a higher limit.

43. Add public SSH keys for any users that you want to have access to the bursted nodes:

a) Login to the PBS Server.

b) Copy the public SSH key for the user.

Public key files are usually stored in /.ssh in the user's home directory.

c) Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

d) Click Add to add the public key.

e) For Public SSH keys, paste the public SSH key.

f) Repeat steps a through e to add additional public SSH keys.

The public keys are copied to each bursted node for secure connectivity.

44. For Cloud-init script, click Browse, browse for the script file and add it.

This script will run after a cloud node is bursted.

45. Click Next to define quotas for the cloud bursting scenario.

46. Add quotas and alerts:

a) Click Add Quota.

b) For Resource type, choose a resource from the menu.

c) Click Add Quota.

d) For Limit, choose a limit for the resource.

When the limit is reached for the resource, the deployment of further cloud bursted nodes isblocked.

e) Click + to add an alert.

f) Add an alert value.

When the alert value is reached, an email is sent if an SMTP server is configured.

g) Repeat steps a through f to add quotas and alerts for other resources types.

47. Click Instantiate scenario.

48. Add a token.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 160: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.156

a) For Name, enter a name for the token.

b) For Expiration date, specify the expiration date in MM/DD/YYYY format.

c) Click Add Token.An API key is generated.

d) Copy and save this API key.

It is only displayed once. This key is pasted in the configuration file used to configure the PBSProfessional cloud bursting hook.

e) Click Close.Information about the cloud bursting scenario is displayed.

Once the cloud bursting scenario is created, there is additional configuration that needs to occur for PBSProfessional. For more information about cloud bursting with PBS Professional 14.2.6, see the chapterCloud Bursting with PBS in the PBS Professional 14.2.6 Release Notes. For PBS Professional 18.2, seethe chapter Cloud Bursting with PBS in the PBS Professional 18.2 Administrator's Guide. For cloudbursting with PBS Professional 18.2.2, see the Cloud Bursting chapter in the PBS Control Administrator'sGuide.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 161: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.157

7.10 Configuring Google Cloud Platform CloudBurstingCreate the necessary components in GCP that are required for cloud bursting and then create a PBSControl cloud bursting scenario.

7.10.1 Creating a ProjectCreate a GCP Project so that you can create the necessary cloud components for cloud bursting.

GCP documentation can be found at Creating and Managing Projects.

Google Cloud Platform projects form the basis for creating, enabling, and using all Cloud Platformservices including managing APIs, enabling billing, adding and removing collaborators, and managingpermissions for Cloud Platform resources.

1. Login to the GCP console.

2. Click located in the upper left-hand corner of the web page.

3. Click Home.

4. Click Create.

5. For Project Name, enter a name for the project.

The name can be anything meaningful to your organization, e.g., pc_cloudproject.

6. Click Create.

It may take a few moments to create the project.

7. Using a browser, navigate to the following URL: https://console.developers.google.com/apis/library/compute.googleapis.com?project=PROJECTNAME

where PROJECTNAME is the name of the project.

8. Click Enable.

7.10.2 Creating a Service AccountCreate a Google Cloud Platform service account so that you can later create a cloud account in PBSControl.

You must already have signed up for an GCP account.

GCP documentation can be found at Understanding Service Accounts and Compute Engine IAM Roles .

A service account is a special Google account that belongs to an application or a virtual machine,instead of to an individual end user. Create a service account and give this account administrativepermissions for all Compute Engine resources. Once this task is complete, you should have downloadeda JSON file containing the following:

• Project ID

• Client ID

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 162: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.158

• Client email

• Private key ID

• Private key

This information is necessary to create a cloud account in PBS Control.

1. Login to the GCP console.

2. Click located in the upper left-hand corner of the web page.

3. Click IAM & admin > Service accounts.

4. Click CREATE SERVICE ACCOUNT.

5. Enter the following to create a service account:

a) For the Service account name, enter a name for the service account.

The name can be anything meaningful to your organization, e.g., pc-service-account.

b) For the Project role, click Select a role > Compute Engine > Compute Admin.

This role gives full control of all Compute Engine resources.

c) Enable Furnish a new private key.

d) For Key type, enable JSON.

6. Click SAVE.The service account is created and a JSON file is downloaded.

7. Save the JSON file in a secure location.

The information in this file is used later to add a cloud account to PBS Control.

8. Click close.

7.10.3 Adding a GCP Cloud AccountAdd an existing GCP service account to PBS Control so that you can create a cloud bursting scenario oran appliance.

You must have created a GCP service account, given it Compute Admin permissions and downloadeda JSON file containing information about the service account. The information in the JSON file isnecessary to create a cloud account in PBS Control. If you do not have this information see Creating aService Account.

1. Login to PBS Control.

2. Click the Cloud tab.

3. Under Infrastructure, click Cloud.

4. Click Add Cloud Account.5. Enter the following to add a cloud account:

a) For Provider, click .

b) For Account name, enter any name for the cloud account.

The name can be anything meaningful to your organization, e.g., gcp_cloudaccount.

c) For Project ID, copy and paste the project_id value from the JSON file.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 163: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.159

d) For Client ID, copy and paste the client_id value from the JSON file.

e) For Client Mail, copy and paste the client_email value from the JSON file.

f) For Private Key ID, copy and paste the private_key_id value from the JSON file.

g) For Private Key, copy and paste the private_key value from the JSON file.

Important: Do not copy the \n characters at the end of the private_key value.

6. Click Create account.

7.10.4 Creating a Virtual Private Cloud NetworkCreate a Virtual Private Network (VPC) in GCP so that you can later create a virtual machine for cloudbursting.

GCP documentation can be found at Virtual Private Cloud Documentation and Using VPC Networks .

1. Login to the GCP console.

2. Click located in the upper left-hand corner of the web page.

3. Click VPC network > VPC networks.

4. Click CREATE VPC NETWORK.

5. Enter the following to create a VPC:

a) For the Name, enter a name for the VPC.

The name can be anything meaningful to your organization, e.g., bursting-vpc.

b) In the Subnets section, click the Custom tab under Subnet creation mode.

c) For Name, enter a name for the subnet.

The name can be anything meaningful to your organization, e.g., bursting-subnet.

d) For Region, select a Region based on the geographical location of users.

e) For IP address range, enter an IP address range using CIDR notation

f) For Private Google access, enable Off.g) Click Done.

h) For Dynamic routing mode, enable Regional.6. Click Create.

Creating the VPC network may take some time. Do not proceed until the VPC is created.

7. Select the VPC by clicking on its name.

8. Click the Firewall rules tab.

9. Click Add firewall rule.

10. Enter the following to create a firewall rule:

a) For Name, enter a name for the firewall rule.

The name can be anything meaningful to your organization, e.g., ssh-all.

b) For Direction of Traffic, enable Ingress.

c) For Action on match, enable Allow.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 164: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.160

d) For Targets, select All instances in the network.

e) For Source filter, select IP ranges.

f) For Source IP ranges, enter 0.0.0.0/0.

g) For Protocols and ports, enable Specified protocols and ports and enter tcp:22.

11. Click Create.

7.10.5 Creating a Virtual MachineCreate a CentOS 7.3 virtual Machine in GCP.

You must have already created a virtual network with a subnet and added a firewall rule.

GCP documentation can be found at Virtual Machine Instances and Creating and Starting a VM Instance.

1. Login to the GCP console.

2. Click located in the upper left-hand corner of the web page.

3. Click Compute Engine > VM instances.

4. Click CREATE INSTANCE.

5. Enter the following to create a virtual machine:

a) For the Name, enter a name for the virtual machine.

The name can be anything meaningful to your organization, e.g., bursting-vm.

b) For Zone, select a zone that is in the same Region as the subnet of the previously createdVPC.

c) In the Machine type, click the Customize link.

Figure 24: Customize the Machine Type

d) Specify the CPUs, GPUs and RAM.

Consider the nature of the applications that you plan to deploy on the instance, the numberof users that you expect to use the applications, and also how you expect the load to scale inthe future. Remember to also factor in the CPU and memory resources that are necessary forthe operating system.

e) For Boot disk, click Change.

f) Choose CentOS 7.

g) For Boot disk type, choose one of the following options:

• Standard persistent disk

• SSD persistent disk

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 165: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.161

Choose SSD for I/O-intensive applications, where low latency and high throughput arecritical. For testing, consider Standard persistent disk to keep costs down.

h) For Size, specify the size of the boot disk.

i) Click Select.j) Under Identity and API access, for Service Account, select No service account.k) For Firewall, choose Allow HTTP traffic.

l) Click Management, disks, networking, SSH Keys.

m) Click the Networking tab.

n) Click Add network interface.

o) For Network, choose the VPC you previously created for bursting.

p) For Network Service Tier, click Standard.

q) Click Done.

r) Delete any default network interfaces that might have been automatically generated.

s) Click the Security tab.

t) For SSK Keys, copy the SSH public key (i.e., id_rsa.pub) for the user pbsadmin from the PBSServer and paste it.

This provides a secure connection between your PBS Server and the virtual machine.

Important: You will need to set the default_user parameter of the PBSProfessional bursting hook configuration file to the username of whatever SSH keyyou copy. GCP does not allow you to SSH into the VM as root so do not copy theroot SSH key.

6. Click Create.Creating the virtual machine may take some time.

7.10.6 Installing and Configuring the PBS MoM on the VMInstall the PBS MoM on the virtual machine and configure the VM per your site's environment.

The user name for logging into the virtual machine is determined by the SSH key that was providedduring the creation of the virtual machine.

A cloud-init script is provided during the creation of the bursting scenario. This script is ran after a cloudnode is bursted and is used to set up the system environment so that nodes bursted in the cloud cancommunicate with the PBS Professional Server, therefore installation of cloud-init on the VM is required.For more information about installing cloud-init, refer to the Cloudinit Documentation.

1. Login to your site's PBS Server as the user pbsadmin.

2. SSH into the virtual machine as pbsadmin using the External IP assigned to the VM.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 166: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.162

Figure 25: Bursting Virtual Machine

3. Enter the command:sudo -i

4. Using the PBS Professional Installation and Upgrade Guide, install and configure the PBS MOM.

5. Once the PBS MOM is installed, edit the /etc/pbs.conf file.

6. Change the value of PBS_SERVER to the hostname of the PBS Server.

7. Save the file.

8. Edit the file PBS_HOME/mom_priv/config.

where PBS_HOME is the home directory of PBS.

9. Change the value of $clienthost to the hostname of the PBS Server.

10. Save the file.

11. Configure the VM for your site's environment such as pointing it the DNS server, mounting filesystems, connecting it to the authentication service, installing any applications, etc.

12. Install cloud-init.

13. Connect the VM to your PBS server and submit a job to ensure it is working as expected.

7.10.7 Creating an OS ImageCreate an image of the virtual machine configured per your site's requirements.

You must have already create a virtual machine, installed the PBS MoM on the VM and configured theVM per your site's environment.

GCP documentation can be found at Creating, Deleting, and Deprecating Custom Images.

1. Login to the GCP console.

2. Click located in the upper left-hand corner of the web page.

3. Click Compute Engine > VM instances.A list of virtual machines is displayed.

4. Click next to the virtual machine that was created for cloud bursting.

Figure 26: Bursting Virtual Machine

5. Click Stop from the menu.

6. Click Stop.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 167: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.163

It may take some time for the VM to be stopped. Do not proceed until the VM is stopped.

7. In the menu located on the left-hand side of the web page, click Images .

8. Click CREATE IMAGE.

9. Enter the following to create an image:

a) For Name, enter a name for the image.

The name can be anything meaningful to your organization, e.g., bursting-image.

b) For Source select Disk.

c) For Source disk, select the previously created virtual machine.

10. Click Create.

It may take some time to create the image. Do not proceed until the image is created.

You can now delete the virtual machine so that you are no longer charged for it.

7.10.8 Creating a Cloud Bursting Scenario and a TokenCreate an GCP bursting scenario so that PBS execution nodes can be bursted in the cloud.

Open a browser window and login to your GCP console. Open a second browser window and login toPBS Control.

A cloud-init script is provided during the creation of the bursting scenario. This script is ran after a cloudnode is bursted and is used to set up the system environment so that nodes bursted in the cloud cancommunicate with the PBS Professional Server. For more information about writing cloud-init scripts,refer to the Cloudinit Documentation and the Cloud Bursting chapter of the PBS ControlAdministrator'sGuide.

To control the bursting, bursting limits can be defined for nodes, CPUs, RAM and disk space throughquotas. Once the limit is reached, additional nodes are not bursted. Alerts can also be defined so thatan email is sent by a SMTP server when a node, CPU, RAM or disk space limit is reached.

Note: The SMTP server is configured during installation of PBS Control by your site'ssystem administrator.

The final step when creating a bursting scenario, is the creation of a token and associated API key. TheAPI key is used in the PBS Professional Cloud Bursting hook.

1. Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

2. Click Cloud.

3. Under Infrastructure, click Bursting.

4. Click Add Bursting Scenario.

5. Enter information about the bursting scenario such as name, cloud provider, cloud account, andgeographic location.

a) For Name, enter a name for the cloud bursting scenario.

b) For Description, enter a description.

c) For Cloud Provider, click .

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 168: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.164

d) For Cloud Account, choose a previously created GCP cloud account from the list.

e) For Select a region, select the same geographic location as was selected for the previouslycreated bursting VPC.

6. Click Next.Enter information about the GCP resources necessary to burst in the cloud.

7. For Domain name, provide the domain name of your organization for the cloud bursting network.altair.com, burst.altair.com

8. For Hostname prefix, enter a prefix for the names of the bursted nodes.If "node" is entered , the cloud bursting nodes will be available to PBS Professional as node1,node2, node3, etc.

9. Navigate to the GCP browser window.

10. Click located in the upper left-hand corner of the web page.

11. Click VPC network > VPC networks.

12. Click on the name of the VPC that was created for cloud bursting.VPC network details are displayed.

13. Copy the name of the VPC network.

14. Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

15. For Network name, paste the name of the VPC network copied from GCP.

16. Navigate to the GCP browser window.

17. Copy the name of the VPC network subnet.

18. Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

19. For Subnetwork name, paste the name of the VPC network subnet copied from GCP.

20. Enable the Add public IP to VMs if you need to connect to the cloud bursting nodes from theinternet.

It is recommended to leave this disabled.

21. Navigate to the GCP browser window.

22. Click located in the upper left-hand corner of the web page.

23. Click Compute Engine > Images.

24. Select the image created for cloud bursting.

25. Click Equivalent REST26. Copy the value for the entry called selfLink.

27. Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

28. For OS Image URI, paste the link copied from GCP.

29. Add public SSH keys for any users that you want to have access to the bursted nodes:

a) Login to the PBS Server.

b) Copy the public SSH key for the user.

Public key files are usually stored in /.ssh in the user's home directory.

c) Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

d) Click Add to add the public key.

e) For Public SSH keys, paste the public SSH key.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 169: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.165

f) Repeat steps a through e to add additional public SSH keys.

The public keys are copied to each bursted node for secure connectivity.

30. For Cloud-init script, click Browse, browse for the script file and add it.

This script will run after a cloud node is bursted.

31. Click Next to define quotas for the cloud bursting scenario.

32. Add quotas and alerts:

a) Click Add Quota.

b) For Resource type, choose a resource from the menu.

c) Click Add Quota.

d) For Limit, choose a limit for the resource.

When the limit is reached for the resource, the deployment of further cloud bursted nodes isblocked.

e) Click + to add an alert.

f) Add an alert value.

When the alert value is reached, an email is sent if an SMTP server is configured.

g) Repeat steps a through f to add quotas and alerts for other resources types.

33. Click Instantiate scenario.

34. Add a token.

a) For Name, enter a name for the token.

b) For Expiration date, specify the expiration date in MM/DD/YYYY format.

c) Click Add Token.An API key is generated.

d) Copy and save this API key.

It is only displayed once. This key is pasted in the configuration file used to configure the PBSProfessional cloud bursting hook.

e) Click Close.Information about the cloud bursting scenario is displayed.

Once the cloud bursting scenario is created, there is additional configuration that needs to occur for PBSProfessional. For more information about cloud bursting with PBS Professional 14.2.6, see the chapterCloud Bursting with PBS in the PBS Professional 14.2.6 Release Notes. For PBS Professional 18.2 seethe chapter Cloud Bursting with PBS in the PBS Professional 18.2 Administrator's Guide. For cloudbursting with PBS Professional 18.2.2, see the Cloud Bursting chapter in the PBS Control Administrator'sGuide.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 170: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.166

7.11 Configuring Oracle Cloud Platform CloudBurstingCreate the necessary components in Oracle Cloud that are required for cloud bursting and then create aPBS Control cloud bursting scenario.

7.11.1 Creating an Oracle Cloud User AccountCreate an Oracle Cloud user account so that you can later create a cloud account in PBS Control.

You must already have signed up for an Oracle Cloud account and have an associated tenancy.

Oracle documentation can be found at Adding Users and Resource Identifiers.

An Oracle user account must be created to add an Oracle cloud account to PBS Control. Once this taskis complete, you should have the following information stored in a file:

• The user account's Oracle Cloud ID (OCID).

This information is necessary to create a cloud account in PBS Control.

1. Login to the Oracle Cloud Infrastructure console.

2. Click located in the upper left-hand corner of the web page.

3. Click Identity > Users.

4. Click Create User.5. Enter the following to create the user:

a) For NAME, enter a name for the user.

The name can be anything meaningful to your organization, e.g., pc_clouduser.

b) For DESCRIPTION, enter a description of the user.

6. Click Create.The user account is created and displayed in the users list.

7. Click Show located under the name of the user.The user account's OCID is displayed.

8. Click Copy to copy the OCID.

9. Store the OCID to a file.

The OCID is used later to create a cloud account in PBS Control.

10. Click Group from the menu located on the left-hand side of the web page.

11. Click Create Group.

12. Enter the following:

a) For Name, enter Administrators.

b) For Description, enter a description for the group.

c) Click Submit.The group is created and is displayed in the Groups list.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 171: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.167

13. Click on the name of the group.

14. Click Add User to Group.

a) For User, select the user that was previously created (e.g., pc_clouduser).

b) Click Add.

15. Click located in the upper left-hand corner of the web page.

16. Click Identity > Policies.

17. Click Create Policy.

a) For Name, enter a name for the policy.

b) For Policy Versioning, enable Keep Policy Current.c) For Policy Statements, enter: ALLOW GROUP Administrators to manage all-resources IN

TENANCY

d) Click Create.

7.11.2 Generating an SSH Public for the Oracle Cloud UserUse OpenSSL to create a private and public key in a PEM format for the previously created Oracle Clouduser.

If you're using Windows, you'll need to install Git Bash for Windows and run the commands with thattool.

Use OpenSSL to generate an API signing key pair in a PEM format. Once this task is complete, youshould have the following information stored in a file:

• The RSA public key's fingerprint.

1. Generate a private key by executing the following command:openssl genrsa -out oracle_private_key.pem 2048

Note: It is recommended to change the permissions on this file so that only you haveread/write access.

The private key is used later to create a cloud account in in PBS Control.

2. Generate the public key by executing the following command:openssl rsa -pubout -in oracle_private_key.pem -out oracle_public_key.pem

3. Login to the Oracle Cloud Infrastructure console.

4. Click located in the upper left-hand corner of the web page.

5. Click Identity > Users.

6. Click the name of the previously created user (e.g., pc_clouduser).

7. Click Add Public Key.

8. Copy and paste the contents of the public RSA key file.

9. Click Add.A fingerprint is generated.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 172: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.168

Figure 27: Public Key Fingerprint

10. Copy the fingerprint.

11. Store the fingerprint to a file.

The fingerprint is used later to create a cloud account in PBS Control.

7.11.3 Obtaining the Root Compartment IdentifierObtain the Oracle Cloud identifier of the root compartment so that you can later create a cloud accountin PBS Control.

You must already have signed up for an Oracle Cloud account and have an associated tenancy.

Oracle documentation can be found at Understand Compartments.

When your tenancy is provisioned, a root compartment is created for you. Compartments can be usedto organize and isolate your resources to make it easier to manage and secure access to them. Yourroot compartment holds all of your cloud resources. You can think of the root compartment like a rootfolder in a file system. The first time you sign in to the Oracle Cloud Console and select a service, youwill see your root compartment. All the resources required for cloud bursting will be contained in thisroot compartment. You will need the root compartment's resource identifier to add an Oracle cloudaccount to PBS Control. Once this task is complete, you should have the following information stored ina file:

• The compartment's Oracle Cloud ID (OCID).

1. Login to the Oracle Cloud Infrastructure console.

2. Click located in the upper left-hand corner of the web page.

3. Click Identity > Compartments.

4. Click Show located under the name of the root compartment.The compartment's OCID is displayed.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 173: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.169

5. Click Copy to copy the OCID.

6. Store the OCID to a file.

The OCID is used later to create a cloud account in PBS Control.

7.11.4 Obtaining the Tenancy IdentifierObtain the Oracle Cloud identifier of the tenancy that you can later create a cloud account in PBSControl.

You must already have signed up for an Oracle Cloud account and have an associated tenancy.

You will need the tenancy's Oracle Cloud identifier to add an Oracle cloud account to PBS Control. Oncethis task is complete, you should have the following information stored in a file:

• The tenancy's Oracle Cloud ID (OCID).

1. Login to the Oracle Cloud Infrastructure console.

2. Click located in the upper left-hand corner of the web page.

3. Click Administration > Tenancy Details.

4. Under Tenancy Information, click Show located to the right of OCID:

Figure 28: Tenancy OCID

The tenancy's OCID is displayed.

5. Click Copy to copy the OCID.

6. Store the OCID to a file.

The OCID is used later to create a cloud account in PBS Control.

7.11.5 Adding an Oracle Cloud AccountAdd an existing Oracle Cloud account to PBS Control so that you can create a cloud bursting scenario oran appliance.

You must have created an Oracle Cloud user and added a public key for the user.

You should have the following information stored in a file:

• User OCID generated when creating the Oracle user.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 174: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.170

• Tenancy OCID.

• Root compartment OCID.

• Fingerprint of the public key generated for the Oracle user.

• RSA private key that was generated for the Oracle user.

This information is necessary to create a cloud account in PBS Control. If you do not have thisinformation see Creating an Oracle Cloud User Account, Generating an SSH Public for the Oracle CloudUser, Obtaining the Root Compartment Identifier and Obtaining the Tenancy Identifier.

1. Login to PBS Control.

2. Click the Cloud tab.

3. Under Infrastructure, click Cloud.

4. Click Add Cloud Account.5. Enter the following to add a cloud account:

a)For Provider, click .

b) For Account name, enter any name for the cloud account.

The name can be anything meaningful to your organization, e.g., oracle_cloudaccount.

c) For User OCID, enter the user OCID generated when creating the Oracle cloud user.

d) For Tenant OCID, enter the tenancy OCID .

e) For Compartment OCID, enter the root compartment OCID.

f) For Fingerprint, enter the fingerprint generated when adding the public SSH key for theOracle user.

g) For Private Key, enter the generated RSA private key.

6. Click Create account.

7.11.6 Creating a Virtual Cloud NetworkCreate a Virtual Cloud Network (VCN) so that you can perform cloud bursting.

You must already have signed up for an Oracle Cloud account and have an associated tenancy.

Oracle documentation can be found at Overview of Networking and Creating a Virtual Cloud Network.

An Oracle VCN must be created to create a bursting scenario in PBS Control.

1. Login to the Oracle Cloud Infrastructure console.

2. Click located in the upper left-hand corner of the web page.

3. Click Networking > Virtual Cloud Networks.

4. Choose a region based on the geographical location of your users.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 175: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.171

Figure 29: Select a Region

5. ClickCreate Virtual Cloud Network.

6. Enter the following to create a VNC:

a) For CREATE IN COMPARTMENT, select the root compartment.

b) For NAME, enter a name for the VNC.

The name can be anything meaningful to your organization, e.g., bursting_vnc.

c) Enable CREATE VIRTUAL CLOUD NETWORK PLUS RELATED RESOURCES.

Choosing this option automatically creates a VCN with a CIDR block 10.0.0.0/16, an internetgateway, a route rule to enable traffic to and from the internet gateway, the default securitylist, the default set of DHCP options, and one public subnet per availability domain.

7. Click Create Virtual Cloud Network.A summary of the VNC, internet gateway, default route table and subnets is displayed.

8. Click Close.A list of VNCs is displayed.

9. Click the name of the VNC.The subnets are displayed. A subnet is created for each availability domain (data center) locatedin the previously selected region.

Figure 30: Virtual Machine Subnets and Associated Availability Domain

Next, create a virtual machine that is hosted in one of the region's availability domains.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 176: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.172

7.11.7 Creating a Virtual MachineCreate a CentOS 7 virtual machine (VM) in Oracle Cloud.

You must already have signed up for an Oracle Cloud account, have an associated tenancy and havecreated a VNC in a region that is geographically close to your users. The VNC should have a subnetassociated to each of the region's availability domains. If you have not created a VNC see Creating aVirtual Cloud Network.

Virtual machines are hosted in availability domains (data centers) located in a region and are basedon predefined VM shapes. Before proceeding, determine the VM shape that your site requires for cloudbursting based on the number of CPUs, memory, disk space, network bandwidth, and virtual networkinterface cards. While selecting the shape for a VM, consider the nature of the applications that you planto deploy on the instance, the number of users that you expect to use the applications, and also howyou expect the load to scale in the future. Remember to also factor in the CPU and memory resourcesthat are necessary for the operating system.

Next, verify that your Oracle tenancy has the appropriate service limits for the VM shape and theregion's availability domains Checking Tenancy Service Limits .

1. Login to the Oracle Cloud Infrastructure console.

2. Click located in the upper left-hand corner of the web page.

3. Click Compute > Instances.

4. Choose the region where the previously created VNC is hosted.

Figure 31: Select a Region

5. For COMPARTMENT, select the root compartment.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 177: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.173

Figure 32: Choose Compartment

6. Click Create Instance.

7. Enter the following to create a virtual machine:

a) For NAME, enter a name for the VM.

The name can be anything meaningful to your organization, e.g., bursting_vm.

b) For AVAILABILITY DOMAIN, choose one of the region's availability domains.

The virtual machine is hosted in the chosen availability domain (data center). Choose theavailability domain that best suits your site's cloud bursting requirements based on themachine type of the virtual machine (VM shape) and service limits.

c) For BOOT VOLUME, enable ORACLE-PROVIDED OS IMAGE.

d) For IMAGE OPERATING SYSTEM, choose CentOS 7.

e) For SHAPE TYPE, enable VIRTUAL MACHINE.

f) For SHAPE, select a VM shape.

Choose the VM shape that best suits your site's cloud bursting requirements based onnumber of CPUs, memory, disk space, and network bandwidth.

g) For IMAGE VERSION, select the latest available one.

h) For BOOT VOLUME CONFIGURATION, enable CUSTOM BOOT VOLUME SIZE and enter aboot volume size in GBs.

i) Enable PASTE SSH KEYS and copy the SSH public key (i.e., id_rsa.pub) for the userpbsadmin from the PBS Server and paste it.

j) For VIRTUAL CLOUD NETWORK, choose the VCN that was created for cloud bursting.

k) For SUBNET, choose the subnet associated with the previously chosen availability domain.

8. Click Create Instance.

Creating the virtual machine may take some time. It is done when the state is "Running".

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 178: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.174

Figure 33: Running Virtual Machine

Checking Tenancy Service LimitsCheck the service limit for your tenancy before creating the components necessary for cloud bursting.

You must already have signed up for an Oracle Cloud account and have an associated tenancy.

When you sign up for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure, a set of service limits are configured for yourtenancy. The service limit is the quota or allowance set on a resource. For example, your tenancy isallowed a maximum number of compute instances (virtual machines) per availability domain. Theselimits are generally established with your Oracle sales representative when you purchase Oracle CloudInfrastructure. Oracle documentation can be found at Service Limits and Regions and AvailabilityDomains.

When you reach the service limit for a resource, you receive an error when you try to create a newresource of that type. You cannot create a new resource until you are granted an increase to yourservice limit or you terminate an existing resource.

View your tenancy's limits to ensure that there are sufficient resources available in a region's availabilitydomains.

1. Login to the Oracle Cloud Infrastructure console.

2. Choose the region where the previously created VNC is hosted.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 179: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.175

Figure 34: Select a Region

3. Click located in the upper left-hand corner of the web page.

4. Click Governance > Service Limits.

5. Scroll down to the Service Limits section.

6. Click Compute.

Availability domains (data centers) for the region are displayed. For each resource (VM shape) thenumber of nodes that can be bursted in the corresponding availability domains are displayed. Inthe below example, three nodes can be bursted in each data center in the us-phoenix-1 region forthe VM Standard1.1 shape.

Figure 35: Virtual Machine Type Limits

7. Verify that the appropriate service limits are set for your tenancy based on the VM shape chosenfor the virtual machine and the region's availability domains.

To request an increase a service limits for your tenancy see Requesting a Service Limit Increase.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 180: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.176

7.11.8 Installing and Configuring the PBS MoM on the VMInstall the PBS MoM on the virtual machine and configure the VM per your site's environment.

Log into an Oracle-provided Oracle Linux instance as the default user, "opc". This user has sudoprivileges.

Note: You will need to set the default_user parameter of the PBS Professional burstinghook configuration file to this username.

For more information see Accessing an Instance from UNIX and UNIX-Like Systems.

A cloud-init script is provided during the creation of the bursting scenario. This script is ran after a cloudnode is bursted and is used to set up the system environment so that nodes bursted in the cloud cancommunicate with the PBS Professional Server, therefore installation of cloud-init on the VM is required.For more information about installing cloud-init, refer to the Cloudinit Documentation.

1. Login to your site's PBS Server as the user pbsadmin.

2. SSH into the virtual machine as the user "opc" using the External IP assigned to the VM.

Figure 36: Bursting Virtual Machine

3. Enter the command:sudo -i

4. Using the PBS Professional Installation and Upgrade Guide, install and configure the PBS MOM.

5. Once the PBS MOM is installed, edit the /etc/pbs.conf file.

6. Change the value of PBS_SERVER to the hostname of the PBS Server.

7. Save the file.

8. Edit the file PBS_HOME/mom_priv/config where PBS_HOME is the home directory of PBS.

9. Change the value of $clienthost to the hostname of the PBS Server.

10. Save the file.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 181: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.177

11. Configure the VM for your site's environment such as pointing it the DNS server, mounting filesystems, connecting it to the authentication service, installing any applications, etc.

12. Install cloud-init.

13. Connect the VM to your PBS server and submit a job to ensure it is working as expected.

7.11.9 Creating an OS ImageCreate an image of the virtual machine configured per your site's requirements.

You must have already create a virtual machine, installed the PBS MoM on the VM and configured theVM per your site's environment.

Oracle documentation can be found at Managing Custom Images.

1. Login to the Oracle Cloud Infrastructure console.

2. Click located in the upper left-hand corner of the web page.

3. Click Compute > Instances.A list of virtual machines is displayed.

4. Click the name of the virtual machine created for cloud bursting.

5. Click Create Custom Image.

6. Enter the following to create a custom image:

a) For CREATE IN COMPARTMENT, select the root compartment.

b) For NAME, enter a name for the image.

The name can be anything meaningful to your organization, e.g., bursting_image.

7. Click Create Custom Image.

It may take some time to create the image. Do not proceed until the image is created.

You can now delete the virtual machine so that you are no longer charged for it.

7.11.10 Creating a Cloud Bursting Scenario and a TokenCreate an Oracle bursting scenario so that PBS execution nodes can be bursted in the cloud.

Open a browser window and login to the Oracle Cloud Infrastructure console. Open a second browserwindow and login to PBS Control.

A cloud-init script is provided during the creation of the bursting scenario. This script is ran after a cloudnode is bursted and is used to set up the system environment so that nodes bursted in the cloud cancommunicate with the PBS Professional Server. For more information about writing cloud-init scripts,refer to the Cloudinit Documentation and the Cloud Bursting chapter of the PBS ControlAdministrator'sGuide.

To control the bursting, bursting limits can be defined for nodes, CPUs, RAM and disk space throughquotas. Once the limit is reached, additional nodes are not bursted. Alerts can also be defined so thatan email is sent by a SMTP server when a node, CPU, RAM or disk space limit is reached.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 182: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.178

Note: The SMTP server is configured during installation of PBS Control by your site'ssystem administrator.

The final step when creating a bursting scenario, is the creation of a token and associated API key. TheAPI key is used in the PBS Professional Cloud Bursting hook.

1. Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

2. Click Cloud.

3. Under Infrastructure, click Bursting.

4. Click Add Bursting Scenario.

5. Enter information about the bursting scenario such as name, cloud provider, cloud account, andgeographic location.

a) For Name, enter a name for the cloud bursting scenario.

b) For Description, enter a description.

c) For Cloud Provider, click .

d) For Cloud Account, choose a previously created Oracle cloud account from the list.

e) For Select a region, select the availability domain where the cloud bursting virtual machine ishosted.

Figure 37: Virtual Machine Availability Domain

6. Click Next.Enter information about the Oracle resources necessary to burst in the cloud.

7. For Domain name, provide the domain name of your organization for the cloud bursting network.altair.com, burst.altair.com

8. For Hostname prefix, enter a prefix for the names of the bursted nodes.If "node" is entered , the cloud bursting nodes will be available to PBS Professional as node1,node2, node3, etc.

9. Navigate to the Oracle Cloud Infrastructure browser window.

10. Click located in the upper left-hand corner of the web page.

11. Click Networking > Virtual Cloud Networks.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 183: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.179

12. Click the name of the VCN create for cloud bursting.

13. Locate the subnet associated with the availability domain where the cloud bursting virtual machineis hosted.

Figure 38: Subnet and Associated Availability Domain

14. Click Show located under the name of the subnet.The subnet's OCID is displayed.

15. Click Copy to copy the OCID.

16. Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

17. For Subnet OCID, paste the subnet's OCID copied from Oracle.

18. Enable the Add public IP to VMs if you need to connect to the cloud bursting nodes from theinternet.

It is recommended to leave this disabled.

19. Navigate to the Oracle Cloud Infrastructure browser window.

20. Click located in the upper left-hand corner of the web page.

21. Click Compute > Custom Images.A list of custom images is displayed.

22. Locate the custom image created from the cloud bursting virtual machine.

23. Click the Show link below the name of the image to view the OCID.

24. Click Copy to copy the OCID of the image.

25. Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

26. For OS Image URI, paste the link copied from Oracle.

27. Add public SSH keys for any users that you want to have access to the bursted nodes:

a) Login to the PBS Server.

b) Copy the public SSH key for the user.

Public key files are usually stored in /.ssh in the user's home directory.

c) Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

d) Click Add to add the public key.

e) For Public SSH keys, paste the public SSH key.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 184: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.180

f) Repeat steps a through e to add additional public SSH keys.

The public keys are copied to each bursted node for secure connectivity.

28. For Cloud-init script, click Browse, browse for the script file and add it.

This script will run after a cloud node is bursted.

29. Click Next to define quotas for the cloud bursting scenario.

30. Add quotas and alerts:

a) Click Add Quota.

b) For Resource type, choose a resource from the menu.

c) Click Add Quota.

d) For Limit, choose a limit for the resource.

When the limit is reached for the resource, the deployment of further cloud bursted nodes isblocked.

e) Click + to add an alert.

f) Add an alert value.

When the alert value is reached, an email is sent if an SMTP server is configured.

g) Repeat steps a through f to add quotas and alerts for other resources types.

31. Click Instantiate scenario.

32. Add a token.

a) For Name, enter a name for the token.

b) For Expiration date, specify the expiration date in MM/DD/YYYY format.

c) Click Add Token.An API key is generated.

d) Copy and save this API key.

It is only displayed once. This key is pasted in the configuration file used to configure the PBSProfessional cloud bursting hook.

e) Click Close.Information about the cloud bursting scenario is displayed.

Once the cloud bursting scenario is created, there is additional configuration that needs to occur for PBSProfessional. For more information about cloud bursting with PBS Professional 14.2.6, see the chapterCloud Bursting with PBS in the PBS Professional 14.2.6 Release Notes. For PBS Professional 18.2 seethe chapter Cloud Bursting with PBS in the PBS Professional 18.2 Administrator's Guide. For cloudbursting with PBS Professional 18.2.2, see the Cloud Bursting chapter in the PBS Control Administrator'sGuide.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 185: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.181

7.12 Configuring Orange Cloud Flexible Engine forCloud BurstingCreate the necessary components in Orange Cloud Flexible Engine that are required for cloud burstingand then create a cloud bursting scenario.

Purchase an Orange Business Services account and use your Orange ID and password to access theFlexible Engine console. For more information visit Orange Cloud.

7.12.1 Creating an Orange Cloud Flexible Engine UserAccountCreate an Orange Cloud Flexible Engine user account so that you can later create a cloud account inPBS Control.

You must already have signed up for an Orange Cloud Flexible Engine account. You should be ableto login to the Orange Cloud Customer space (https://selfcare.cloud.orange-business.com/) with thecredentials provided to you with your Orange cloud account. You will also be provided with a Domainname when you sign up for your Orange cloud account.

An Orange user account must be created to add an Orange cloud account to PBS Control. Once this taskis complete, you should have the following information stored in a file:

• Username and password

• API password

This information is necessary to create a cloud account in PBS Control.

1. Go to Orange Cloud Customer space login page.

2. Enter your Orange credentials.

3. Click Your services.

Figure 39: Orange Customer Space Services

4.In the navigation bar on the top click Users

5. Click Add user.6. Enter the following user details

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 186: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.182

a) For Civility, choose Mrs or Mr

b) For Last name enter the user's last name.

c) For First name enter the user's first name.

d) For Login enter a login name for the user.

e) For Email enter the user's email address.

f) For Phone number enter the user's phone number.

g) For Mobile phone enter the user's mobile phone number.

h) For Preferred language choose the language in which the application should be displayed.

i) Click next.7. In the Roles section enter these details

a) For Billing choose choose Visitor.b) For Contracts choose Account Manager.c) For Dashboard choose Visitor.d) For Documents choose Visitor.e) For Orders choose Visitor.f) For Services choose Visitor.g) For Subscriptions choose Visitor.h) For Support choose Visitor.i) For Users choose Manager.j) For Flexible Engine Console choose admin.

k) Click next.8. In the Summary section review your choices.

Click previous to edit your choices entries.

9. Click finish.The new user account is created and displayed in the list of users. Emails are sent to the emailaddress you specified. The emails will contain:

1. Orange ID (Domain Name).

2. Link to set Orange Password.

3. Link to access Cloud Customer Space.

4. Link to log in to the Flexible Engine Console.

5. Link to define your API password.

10. Click the link in the email to set your Orange Password.

11. Click the the link in the email to set your API Password.

12. Store the API Password to a file.

The API Password is used later to create a cloud account in PBS Control.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 187: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.183

7.12.2 Selecting a RegionDefine a region in Orange Cloud Flexible Engine console to set up the infrastructure for cloud bursting.

You must have created an Orange Cloud Flexible Engine user and should be able to login to the OrangeCloud Flexible Engine console.

A region is a geographic area where resources used by your ECSs are located. ECSs in the same regioncan communicate with each other over an intranet, but ECSs in different regions cannot. Before settingup the infrastructure for cloud bursting, it is important to ensure that all the resources are definedin the same region. An Authorization URL is required for registering the Orange user account in PBSControl. This is based on the region selected.

1. Enter your Domain name in the Orange Web Login page.

2. Login to the Orange Flexible Engine Console using your credentials.

3. In the navigation bar on the top select the region for setting up your infrastructure.

Figure 40: Select a Region

Note: For Auth (IAM) URL (Authorization URL), enter the url in the following formatbased on the region you chose in the Orange Cloud Flexible Engine console.

https://iam.<orange region>.<console link> e.g. https://iam.eu-west-0.prod-cloud-ocb.orange-business.com

4. Store the region and Auth (IAM) URL in a file. You will use this to register the account in PBSControl.

7.12.3 Adding an Orange Cloud Flexible Engine AccountAdd an existing Orange Cloud Flexible Engine account to PBS Control so that you can create a cloudbursting scenario or an appliance.

You must have:

• Created an Orange Cloud Flexible Engine user account.

• Obtained the Domain name for the Orange Cloud Flexible Engine account.

• Obtained the API password for the user.

• Defined the region where you will deploy your cloud infrastructure.

• Obtained the Auth (IAM) URL based on the selected region.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 188: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.184

This information is necessary to create a cloud account in PBS Control. If you do not have thisinformation see Creating an Orange Cloud Flexible Engine User Account and Selecting a Region.

1. Login to PBS Control.

2. Click the Cloud tab.

3. Under Infrastructure, click Cloud.

4. Click Add Cloud Account.5. Enter the following to add a cloud account:

a)For Provider, click .

b) For Account name, enter any name for the cloud account.

The name can be anything meaningful to your organization, e.g., orange_cloudaccount.

c) For Auth (IAM) URL, enter the url in the following format based on the region you chose inthe Orange Cloud Flexible Engine console.https://iam.<orange region>.<console link> e.g. https://iam.eu-west-0.prod-cloud-ocb.orange-business.com

d) For Domain name, enter the Domain Name you used to login to your Orange account. It isthe same as your Customer ID

e) For User name, enter the username of the user account you created in the Orange CloudCustomer space.

f) For Password, enter the API password you generated after creating the user.

6. Click Create Account.

7.12.4 Checking Orange Cloud Flexible Engine AccountService QuotasView the your Orange Cloud Flexible Engine resource usage and limits from the console.

Quotas are used to limit the number of resources available to users. It is important to ensure you arenot exceeding your quota while setting up the resources for cloud bursting. If the existing resourcequota cannot meet your service requirements, you can submit a work order to increase your quota.Once your application is approved, Orange Cloud Flexible Engine will update your resource quotaaccordingly and send you a notification.

1. Login to the Orange Cloud Flexible Engine console with your credentials.

2. In the navigation bar on the top right hand side, click .

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 189: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.185

Figure 41: Check Quotas for Resources

Information about resources usage and availability is displayed.

Figure 42: Resources Quotas Table

7.12.5 Creating a Virtual Private CloudCreate a Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) so that you can perform cloud bursting.

Orange Cloud Flexible Engine documentation for VPC can be found at:Orange Virtual Private CloudDocumentation

1. Login to the Orange Cloud Flexible Engine Console.

2. In the top navigation bar select the region where you wish to deploy your cloud infrastructure.

3. From the Network section click Virtual Private Cloud.

4. Click + Create VPC.

5. In the Basic Information section:

a) For Region, ensure the VPC is the same region as the other resources.

b) For Name, enter a name for the VPC.

c) For CIDR Block, enter CIDR values for the VPC.

6. In the Subnet Settings section:

a) For the Subnet Settings choose the AZ (Availability Zone) as the same as the region.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 190: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.186

b) For Subnet Name, enter a name to match the VPC Name.

c) Enter CIDR Block for Subnet.

d) For Advanced Settings, click Default.7. Review the Configuration information.

8. Click Create Now.

9. Once the VPC is created, click the Back to VPC List.10. Click Security Group in the left hand side menu.

11. Click + Create Security Group.

12. For Name, enter a name for the Security Group.

13. For Description, enter a suitable Description.

14. Click OK

Note: By default, the Outbound and Inbound traffic over IPv4 is open. You can addfirewall rules to this security group if required.

7.12.6 Creating a Virtual MachineCreate a Elastic Cloud Server (ECS) using public image provided by Orange Cloud Flexible Engine forcloud bursting.

You must have already created a Virtual Private Network with a subnet and assigned a Security Group.If you do not have this information, see Creating a Virtual Private Cloud

1. Login to the Orange Cloud Flexible Engine Console.

2. In the Computing section and click Elastic Cloud Server.3. From the menu on the left hand side click Key Pair.4. Click + Create Key Pair.5. Enter a Name for the Key Pair.

6. Click OK.

7. Save the Key Pair (.pem) file to your local disk.

8. Click OK to confirm that you have downloaded the Key Pair file.

9. From the menu on the left hand side, click Elastic Cloud Server.10. Click + Create ECS.

11. For Region, click the region you selected for setting up the infrastructure.

12. For AZ (Availability Zone), select the AZ related to the region.

13. In the Specifications section:

a) For ECS type, click one of the flavor names.

Note: Orange provides a set of predefined ECS types for specific requirements.Click a flavor name to get the list of available configurations.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 191: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.187

b) Review the specifications you have selected.

14. In the Image section:

a) Click Public image.

b) From the drop down menu select CentOS

c) From the version drop down menu select Select OBS_U_CentOS_7.2(40GB)

15. In the Disk section select the defaults.

16. In the VPC section:

a) For VPC, select the VPC you created from the drop down menu.

b) For NIC, choose the default primary NIC.

c) For Security Group, select the Security Group you created for the VPC.

d) For EIP, click Automatically assigne) For Bandwidth, specify it as 5 Mbit/s.

17. For Login Mode, select the Key Pair you generated earlier from the drop down menu.

18. For Auto Recovery, click Enable.

19. For Advanced Settings, click Do not configure.

20. For ECS Name, enter a name.

21. For Quantity, specify 1.

22. Review the Current Configuration.

23. Click Create Now.

24. Review the Specfications.

25. Click Submit.The ECS (Virtual Machine) is created and diplayed in the list of ECS.

7.12.7 Installing and Configuring the PBS MoM on the VMInstall the PBS MoM on the virtual machine and configure the VM per your site's environment.

When you log in to a newly created Linux ECS for the first time, use an SSH key as user cloud (withoutdefault password) and make sure that the ECS has had an EIP bound. Use the key file used during ECScreation to log in to the ECS using SSH. For more information about logging into the Linux ECS, refer tothe Elastic Cloud Server User Guide.

A cloud-init script is provided during the creation of the bursting scenario. This script is ran after a cloudnode is bursted and is used to set up the system environment so that nodes bursted in the cloud cancommunicate with the PBS Professional Server, therefore installation of cloud-init on the VM is required.For more information about installing cloud-init, refer to the Cloudinit Documentation.

1. Login to your site's PBS Server as the user pbsadmin.

2. Login to the Orange Cloud Flexible Engine console.

3. In the Computing section, click Elastic Cloud Server.4. In the search box above the upper right corner of the ECS list, enter the ECS name, IP address, or

ID, and click .

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 192: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.188

5. Click the name of the target ECS.

6. The page providing details about the ECS is displayed.

7. Copy the Public IP address (Exteral IP) of the ECS.

8. SSH into the VM as the user "cloud" using the External IP assigned to it and the key file yougenerated for the Key Pair that was specified while creating the VM (ECS).

9. Enter the command:sudo -i

10. Using the PBS Professional Installation and Upgrade Guide, install and configure the PBS MOM.

11. Once the PBS MOM is installed, edit the /etc/pbs.conf file.

12. Change the value of PBS_SERVER to the hostname of the PBS Server.

13. Save the file.

14. Edit the file PBS_HOME/mom_priv/config.

where PBS_HOME is the home directory of PBS.

15. Change the value of $clienthost to the hostname of the PBS Server.

16. Save the file.

17. Configure the VM for your site's environment such as pointing it the DNS server, mounting filesystems, connecting it to the authentication service, installing any applications, etc.

18. Install cloud-init.

19. Connect the VM to your PBS server and submit a job to ensure it is working as expected.

7.12.8 Creating an OS ImageCreate an image of the virtual machine configured per your site's requirements.

You must have already created a ECS (VM), installed the PBS MoM on the VM and configured it per yoursite's environment.

Orange Cloud Flexible Engine documentation can be found at Creating a Linux Private Image Using anECS. Before creating the Image from the ECS, you must have.

• A Linux ECS in the Stopped state.

• Configured DHCP for the NICs of the ECS

• Configured Network attributes of the ECS

• Detached Data Disks from the ECS

1. Login to the Orange Cloud Flexible Engine console.

2. In the Computing section, click Image Management Service.

3. On the Image Management Service page, click + Create Private Image.

4. In the Image Type and Source section, .

a) For Type, click System disk imageb) For Source, click ECSc) Select the target ECS from the ECS list.

5. Set the required information, such as Name and Description.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 193: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.189

6. Click Create Now.

7. Confirm the parameters and click Submit.8. Switch back to the Image Management Service page to view the image status.

The time required for creating an image varies depending on the image file size. Generally, ittakes about 20 minutes to create an image. The image is successfully created when its imagestatus changes to Normal.

Note: Do not perform any operation on the selected ECS or its associated resourcesduring image creation.

You can now delete the virtual machine so that you are no longer charged for it.

7.12.9 Creating a Cloud Bursting Scenario and a TokenCreate an Orange Cloud Flexible Engine bursting scenario so that PBS execution nodes can be burstedin the cloud.

Open a browser window and login to the Orange Cloud Flexible Engine console. Open a second browserwindow and login to PBS Control.

A cloud-init script is provided during the creation of the bursting scenario. This script is ran after a cloudnode is bursted and is used to set up the system environment so that nodes bursted in the cloud cancommunicate with the PBS Professional Server. For more information about writing cloud-init scripts,refer to the Cloudinit Documentation and the Cloud Bursting chapter of the PBS ControlAdministrator'sGuide.

To control the bursting, bursting limits can be defined for nodes, CPUs, RAM and disk space throughquotas. Once the limit is reached, additional nodes are not bursted. Alerts can also be defined so thatan email is sent by a SMTP server when a node, CPU, RAM or disk space limit is reached.

Note: The SMTP server is configured during installation of PBS Control by your site'ssystem administrator.

The final step when creating a bursting scenario, is the creation of a token and associated API key. TheAPI key is used in the PBS Professional Cloud Bursting hook.

1. Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

2. Click Cloud.

3. Under Infrastructure, click Bursting.

4. Click Add Bursting Scenario.

5. Enter information about the bursting scenario such as name, cloud provider, cloud account, andgeographic location.

a) For Name, enter a name for the cloud bursting scenario.

b) For Description, enter a description.

c)For Cloud Provider, click .

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 194: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.190

d) For Cloud Account, choose a previously created Orange Cloud Flexible Engine account fromthe list.

e) For Select a region, select the availability domain where the cloud bursting virtual machine ishosted.

Figure 43: Virtual Machine Availability Domain

6. Click Next.Enter information about the Orange Cloud Flexible Engine resources necessary to burst in the cloud.

7. For Domain name, provide the domain name of your organization for the cloud bursting network.altair.com, burst.altair.com

8. For Hostname prefix, enter a prefix for the names of the bursted nodes.If "node" is entered , the cloud bursting nodes will be available to PBS Professional as node1,node2, node3, etc.

9. Navigate to the Orange Cloud Flexible Engine console browser window.

10. Click Service List.

Figure 44: Orange Cloud Flexible Engine Console

11. Under Network, click Virtual Private Cloud.

12. Click Virtual Private Cloud from the menu located on the left-hand side of the web page.

13. Click the name of the VPC you created for cloud bursting.

14. Click the name of the Subnet for the VPC.

15. Copy the Subnet ID.

16. Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

17. For Subnet ID, paste the subnet's ID copied from Orange Cloud Flexible Engine console.

18. In the Orange Cloud Flexible Engine console browser window click Security Groupfrom the lefthand side menu.

19. Click the name of the Security Group you created for the VPC.

20. Copy the ID of the Security Group.

21. Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 195: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.191

22. For Security Group, paste the security group's ID you copied from the Orange Cloud FlexibleEngine console.

23. Enable the Add public IP to VMs if you need to connect to the cloud bursting nodes from theinternet.

It is recommended to leave this disabled.

24. Navigate to the Orange Cloud Flexible Engine console browser window.

25. Click Service List.

Figure 45: Orange Cloud Flexible Engine Console

26. Under Computing, click Image Management Service.

27. Click the Private Images tab.

28. Click the name of the VM image you created for cloud bursting.

29. Copy the ID of the image.

30. Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

31. For OS Image URI, paste the image ID you copied from the Orange Cloud Flexible Engine console.

32. Add public SSH keys for any users that you want to have access to the bursted nodes:

a) Login to the PBS Server.

b) Copy the public SSH key for the user.

Public key files are usually stored in /.ssh in the user's home directory.

c) Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

d) Click Add to add the public key.

e) For Public SSH keys, paste the public SSH key.

f) Repeat steps a through e to add additional public SSH keys.

The public keys are copied to each bursted node for secure connectivity.

33. For Cloud-init script, click Browse, browse for the script file and add it.

This script will run after a cloud node is bursted.

34. Click Next to define quotas for the cloud bursting scenario.

35. Add quotas and alerts:

a) Click Add Quota.

b) For Resource type, choose a resource from the menu.

c) Click Add Quota.

d) For Limit, choose a limit for the resource.

When the limit is reached for the resource, the deployment of further cloud bursted nodes isblocked.

e) Click + to add an alert.

f) Add an alert value.

When the alert value is reached, an email is sent if an SMTP server is configured.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 196: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.192

g) Repeat steps a through f to add quotas and alerts for other resources types.

36. Click Instantiate scenario.

37. Add a token.

a) For Name, enter a name for the token.

b) For Expiration date, specify the expiration date in MM/DD/YYYY format.

c) Click Add Token.An API key is generated.

d) Copy and save this API key.

It is only displayed once. This key is pasted in the configuration file used to configure the PBSProfessional cloud bursting hook.

e) Click Close.Information about the cloud bursting scenario is displayed.

Once the cloud bursting scenario is created, there is additional configuration that needs to occur for PBSProfessional. For more information about cloud bursting with PBS Professional 14.2.6, see the chapterCloud Bursting with PBS in the PBS Professional 14.2.6 Release Notes. For PBS Professional 18.2 seethe chapter Cloud Bursting with PBS in the PBS Professional 18.2 Administrator's Guide. For cloudbursting with PBS Professional 18.2.2, see the Cloud Bursting chapter in the PBS Control Administrator'sGuide.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 197: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.193

7.13 Configuring HUAWEI Cloud for Cloud BurstingCreate the necessary components in HUAWEI Cloud that are required for cloud bursting and then createa cloud bursting scenario.

Before you can begin creating the components necessary for cloud bursting, you must create andactivate an HUAWEI Cloud account.

7.13.1 Obtain the HUAWEI Cloud AdministratorCredentialsGet the credentials for the HUAWEI Cloud administrative user account so that you can later use thisinformation to create a cloud account in PBS Control.

You must already have signed up for an HUAWEI Cloud account.

When subscribing to HUAWEI Cloud, an administrative user account that has permissions for all systemoperations is automatically created. Use this user account to add an HUAWEI Cloud account to PBSControl. Reset the password for this account when the password is unknown.

Note: Alternately, you can create a new user and give the user administrative privileges bysetting its User Group to "admin".

1. Login to the HUAWEI Cloud Console.

2. Click Service List.

Figure 46: HUAWEI Cloud Console

3. Under Management & Deployment, click Identity and Access Management.4. Click Users from the menu located on the left-hand side of the web page.

A list of users is displayed.

5. Click located next to a username to display the user's details.The user account listed as an "admin" is the account to use to create the cloud account in PBSControl.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 198: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.194

Figure 47: User Details

6. If you do not know the password for the administrative user account, click Set Credentials.

Figure 48: Set Password

a) Enable Set manually.

b) For Password, enter a password for the user account.

c) For Confirm Password, enter the password a second time.

d) Click OK.

You may have to confirm the password change either by email or by a SMS text.

7.13.2 Adding an HUAWEI Cloud AccountAdd an existing HUAWEI Cloud account to PBS Control so that you can create a cloud bursting scenario.

1. Login to PBS Control.

2. Click the Cloud tab.

3. Under Infrastructure, click Cloud.

4. Click Add Cloud Account.5. Enter the following to add a cloud account:

a)For Provider, click .

b) For Account name, enter any name for the cloud account.

The name can be anything meaningful to your organization, e.g., huawei_cloudaccount.

c) For Auth (IAM) URL, enter https://iam.ap-southeast-1.myhwclouds.com.

d) For Domain name, enter the Domain Name provided when your subscription to HUAWEICloud was created.

If you do not know your Domain name, contact HUAWEI Cloud support.

e) For Username, enter a username that is an HUAWEI Cloud administrator.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 199: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.195

f) For Password, enter the password for the HUAWEI Cloud administrator.

6. Click Create Account.

7.13.3 Checking HUAWEI Cloud Account Service QuotasView your HUAWEI Cloud account resource usage and limits.

Quotas are used to limit the number of resources available to users. It is important to ensure you arenot exceeding your quota while setting up the resources for cloud bursting. If the existing resourcequota cannot meet your service requirements, you can submit a work order to increase your quota.Once your application is approved, HUAWEI Cloud will update your resource quota accordingly and sendyou a notification.

1. Login to the HUAWEI Cloud Console.

2. Click Resources > My Quota.

Figure 49: View Quotas

Information about resources usage and availability is displayed.

Figure 50: Resources Quotas

7.13.4 Creating a Virtual Private CloudCreate a Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) so that you can perform cloud bursting.

HUAWEI Cloud documentation for creating a VPC can be found at: Creating a VPC and Regions and AZs.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 200: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.196

1. Login to the HUAWEI Cloud Console.

2. Click Service List.

Figure 51: HUAWEI Cloud Console

3. Under Network, click Virtual Private Cloud.

4. Click + Create VPC.

5. In the Basic Information section:

a) For Region, select a region.

Regions are geographic areas isolated from each other. Resources are region-specific andcannot be used across regions through internal network connections. For low network latencyand quick resource access, select the nearest region.

b) For Name, enter a name for the VPC.

c) For CIDR Block, enter an address range for the network using CIDR notation.

6. In the Subnet Settings section:

a) For the Subnet Settings choose the AZ (Availability Zone).

An Availability Zone is a physical location where resources use independent power suppliesand networks. AZs are physically isolated and AZs in the same VPC are interconnectedthrough an internal network.

b) For Subnet Name, enter a name for the subnet.

c) For CIDR, enter an address range for the subnet using CIDR notation.

d) For Advanced Settings, click Default.7. Click Create Now.

8. Click Back to VPC List.9. Click Security Group in the left hand side menu.

10. Click + Create Security Group.

11. For Name, enter a name for the security group.

12. For Description, enter a suitable description.

13. Click OK

Note: By default, the Outbound and Inbound traffic over IPv4 is open. You can addfirewall rules to this security group if required.

7.13.5 Creating a Virtual MachineCreate a Elastic Cloud Server (ECS) using a public image provided by HUAWEI Cloud for cloud bursting.

You must have already created a Virtual Private Network with a subnet and assigned a Security Group.If you do not have this information, see Creating a Virtual Private Cloud.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 201: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.197

HUAWEI Cloud documentation for creating an ECS (virtual machine) can be found at Purchase an ECS.

1. Login to the HUAWEI Cloud Console.

2. Click Service List.

Figure 52: HUAWEI Cloud Console

3. Under Computing, click Elastic Cloud Server.4. Click Key Pair from the menu located on the left-hand side of the web page.

5. Click + Create Key Pair.6. For Name, enter a name for the key pair.

7. Click OK.

8. Save the key pair (.pem) file to your local disk.

9. Click OK to confirm that you have downloaded the key pair file.

10. Click Elastic Cloud Server from the menu located on the left-hand side of the web page.

11. Click Buy ECS.

12. For Billing Mode, click Pay-per-use.

13. For Region, select the same region that was chosen for the previously created VPC.

14. For AZ (Availability Zone), select the same AZ that was chosen for the previously created VPC.

15. In the Type section:

a) Choose a ECS type category:

• General computing

• General computing-plus

• Memory-optimized

• Large-memory

• High-performance computing

• Disk-intensive

b) For ECS type, click one of the flavor based on the needs of your site.

16. In the Image section:

a) Click Public image.

b) For Select an OS, select CentOS.

c) For Select an OS version, select CentOS 7.2 64bit(40GB).

17. In the Disk section, select your system disk requirements.

18. In the VPC section:

a) For VPC, select the VPC you created for cloud bursting.The NIC information is automatically populated.

b) For Security Group, select the security group you created for cloud bursting.

c) For EIP, click Automatically assignd) For Bandwidth, specify it as 5 Mbit/s.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 202: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.198

19. For Login Mode, select Key Pair.20. For Key Pair, select the key pair file you generated earlier.

21. For Advanced Settings, click Not required.

22. For ECS Name, enter a name for the virtual machine.

23. For Quantity, specify 1.

24. Click Next.25. Review the specifications.

26. Enable the I have read and agree to the Huawei Image Disclaimer checkbox.

27. Click Submit Application.

28. Click Back to ECS List.It may take some time to create the virtual machine. Once the ECS is created it is displayed in theECS list.

7.13.6 Installing and Configuring the PBS MoM on the VMInstall the PBS MoM on the virtual machine and configure the VM per your site's environment.

A cloud-init script is provided during the creation of the bursting scenario. This script is ran after a cloudnode is bursted and is used to set up the system environment so that nodes bursted in the cloud cancommunicate with the PBS Professional Server, therefore installation of cloud-init on the VM is required.For more information about installing cloud-init, refer to the Cloudinit Documentation and InstallingCloud-Init.

1. Login to the HUAWEI Cloud Console.

2. Click Service List.

Figure 53: HUAWEI Cloud Console

3. Under Computing, click Elastic Cloud Server.4. Copy the Public IP address (External IP) of the ECS.

Figure 54: VM IP Address

5. Login to your site's PBS Server as the user pbsadmin.

6. SSH into the virtual machine as the user "root "using the Public IP address assigned to the VM byentering a command similar to:ssh -i /path/my-key-pair.pem root@PublicIP

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 203: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.199

where /path/my-key-pair.pem is the location of the .pem file downloaded while creating thevirtual machine and PublicIP is the public IP address of the virtual machine.

7. Using the PBS Professional Installation and Upgrade Guide, install and configure the PBS MOM.

8. Once the PBS MOM is installed, edit the /etc/pbs.conf file.

9. Change the value of PBS_SERVER to the hostname of the PBS Server.

10. Save the file.

11. Edit the file PBS_HOME/mom_priv/config.

where PBS_HOME is the home directory of PBS.

12. Change the value of $clienthost to the hostname of the PBS Server.

13. Save the file.

14. Configure the VM for your site's environment such as pointing it the DNS server, mounting filesystems, connecting it to the authentication service, installing any applications, etc.

15. Install cloud-init.

16. Connect the VM to your PBS server and submit a job to ensure it is working as expected.

7.13.7 Creating an OS ImageCreate an image of the virtual machine configured per your site's requirements.

You must have already created a ECS (virtual machine), installed the PBS MoM on the ECS andconfigured it per your site's environment.

HUAWEI Cloud documentation can be found at Creating a Linux Private Image.

1. Login to the HUAWEI Cloud Console.

2. Click Service List.

Figure 55: HUAWEI Cloud Console

3. Under Computing, click Image Management Service.

4. Click + Create Image.

5. For Region, select the same region that was chosen for the previously created VPC and ECS.

6. In the Image Type and Source section, .

a) For Type, click System disk image.

b) For Source, click ECS.

c) Select the virtual machine created for cloud bursting.

d) For Name, enter a name for the virtual machine.

7. Click Next.8. Review the specifications.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 204: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.200

9. Enable the I have read and agree to the Statement of Commitment to Image Creationand Huawei Image Disclaimer checkbox.

10. Click Submit.11. Click Back to Image List.

The time required for creating an image varies depending on the image file size. Generally, ittakes about 20 minutes to create an image. The image is successfully created when its imagestatus changes to Normal.

Note: Do not perform any operation on the selected ECS or its associated resourcesduring image creation.

You can now delete the virtual machine so that you are no longer charged for it.

7.13.8 Creating a Cloud Bursting Scenario and a TokenCreate an HUAWEI Cloud bursting scenario so that PBS execution nodes can be bursted in the cloud.

Open a browser window and login to the HUAWEI Cloud console. Open a second browser window andlogin to PBS Control.

A cloud-init script is provided during the creation of the bursting scenario. This script is ran after a cloudnode is bursted and is used to set up the system environment so that nodes bursted in the cloud cancommunicate with the PBS Professional Server. For more information about writing cloud-init scripts,refer to the Cloudinit Documentation and the Cloud Bursting chapter of the PBS ControlAdministrator'sGuide.

To control the bursting, bursting limits can be defined for nodes, CPUs, RAM and disk space throughquotas. Once the limit is reached, additional nodes are not bursted. Alerts can also be defined so thatan email is sent by a SMTP server when a node, CPU, RAM or disk space limit is reached.

Note: The SMTP server is configured during installation of PBS Control by your site'ssystem administrator.

The final step when creating a bursting scenario, is the creation of a token and associated API key. TheAPI key is used in the PBS Professional Cloud Bursting hook.

1. Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

2. Click Cloud.

3. Under Infrastructure, click Bursting.

4. Click Add Bursting Scenario.

5. Enter information about the bursting scenario such as name, cloud provider, cloud account, andgeographic location.

a) For Name, enter a name for the cloud bursting scenario.

b) For Description, enter a description.

c)For Cloud Provider, click .

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 205: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.201

d) For Cloud Account, choose a previously created HUAWEI Cloud account from the list.

e) For Select a region, select the same region that was chosen for the previously created VMand VPC.

6. Click Next.Enter information about the HUAWEI Cloud resources necessary to burst in the cloud.

7. For Domain name, provide the domain name of your organization for the cloud bursting network.altair.com, burst.altair.com

8. For Hostname prefix, enter a prefix for the names of the bursted nodes.If "node" is entered , the cloud bursting nodes will be available to PBS Professional as node1,node2, node3, etc.

9. Navigate to the HUAWEI Cloud console browser window.

10. Click Service List.

Figure 56: HUAWEI Cloud Console

11. Under Network, click Virtual Private Cloud.

12. Click Virtual Private Cloud from the menu located on the left-hand side of the web page.

13. Click the name of the VPC you created for cloud bursting.

14. Click the name of the VPC's subnet.

15. Copy the Subnet ID.

16. Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

17. For Subnet ID, paste the subnet's ID copied from HUAWEI Cloud console.

18. In the HUAWEI Cloud console browser window click Security Group from the menu located onthe left-hand side of the web page.

19. Click the name of the security group you created for the VPC.

20. Copy the ID of the security group.

21. Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

22. For Security Group, paste the security group's ID you copied from the HUAWEI Cloud console.

23. Enable the Add public IP to VMs if you need to connect to the cloud bursting nodes from theinternet.

It is recommended to leave this disabled.

24. Navigate to the HUAWEI Cloud console browser window.

25. Click Service List.

Figure 57: HUAWEI Cloud Console

26. Under Computing, click Image Management Service.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 206: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.202

27. Click the Private Images tab.

28. Click the name of the VM image you created for cloud bursting.

29. Copy the ID of the image.

30. Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

31. For OS Image URI, paste the image ID you copied from the HUAWEI Cloud console.

32. For Cloud-init script, click Browse, browse for the script file and add it.

This script will run after a cloud node is bursted.

33. Add public SSH keys for any users that you want to have access to the bursted nodes:

a) Login to the PBS Server.

b) Copy the public SSH key for the user.

Public key files are usually stored in /.ssh in the user's home directory.

c) Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

d) Click Add to add the public key.

e) For Public SSH keys, paste the public SSH key.

f) Repeat steps a through e to add additional public SSH keys.

The public keys are copied to each bursted node for secure connectivity.

34. Click Next to define quotas for the cloud bursting scenario.

35. Add quotas and alerts:

a) Click Add Quota.

b) For Resource type, choose a resource from the menu.

c) Click Add Quota.

d) For Limit, choose a limit for the resource.

When the limit is reached for the resource, the deployment of further cloud bursted nodes isblocked.

e) Click + to add an alert.

f) Add an alert value.

When the alert value is reached, an email is sent if an SMTP server is configured.

g) Repeat steps a through f to add quotas and alerts for other resources types.

36. Click Instantiate scenario.

37. Add a token.

a) For Name, enter a name for the token.

b) For Expiration date, specify the expiration date in MM/DD/YYYY format.

c) Click Add Token.An API key is generated.

d) Copy and save this API key.

It is only displayed once. This key is pasted in the configuration file used to configure the PBSProfessional cloud bursting hook.

e) Click Close.Information about the cloud bursting scenario is displayed.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 207: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.203

Once the cloud bursting scenario is created, there is additional configuration that needs to occur for PBSProfessional. For more information about cloud bursting with PBS Professional 14.2.6, see the chapterCloud Bursting with PBS in the PBS Professional 14.2.6 Release Notes. For PBS Professional 18.2 seethe chapter Cloud Bursting with PBS in the PBS Professional 18.2 Administrator's Guide. For cloudbursting with PBS Professional 18.2.2, see the Cloud Bursting chapter in the PBS Control Administrator'sGuide.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 208: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.204

7.14 Configuring Open Telekom Cloud for CloudBurstingCreate the necessary components in Open Telekom Cloud (OTC) that are required for cloud bursting andthen create a cloud bursting scenario.

Before you can begin creating the components necessary for cloud bursting, you must create andactivate an OTC account.

7.14.1 Obtain the OTC Administrator CredentialsGet the credentials for the OTC administrative user account so that you can later use this information tocreate a cloud account in PBS Control.

You must already have signed up for an OTC account.

When subscribing to OTC, an administrative user account that has permissions for all system operationsis automatically created. Use this user account to add an OTC account to PBS Control. Reset thepassword for this account when the password is unknown.

Note: Alternately, you can create a new user and give the user administrative privileges bysetting its User Group to "admin".

1. Login to the OTC console.

2. Click Service List.

Figure 58: Service List

3. Under Management & Deployment, click Identity and Access Management.4. Click Users from the menu located on the left-hand side of the web page.

A list of users is displayed.

5. Click located next to a username to display the user's details.The user account listed as an "admin" is the account to use to create the cloud account in PBSControl.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 209: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.205

Figure 59: User Details

6. If you do not know the password for the admin user account, click Set Credentials.

Figure 60: Set Password

a) Enable Set manually.

b) For Password, enter a password for the user account.

c) For Confirm Password, enter the password a second time.

d) Click OK.

You may have to confirm the password change either by email or by a SMS text.

7.14.2 Adding an OTC AccountAdd an existing OTC account to PBS Control so that you can create a cloud bursting scenario.

1. Login to PBS Control.

2. Click the Cloud tab.

3. Under Infrastructure, click Cloud.

4. Click Add Cloud Account.5. Enter the following to add a cloud account:

a)For Provider, click .

b) For Account name, enter any name for the cloud account.

The name can be anything meaningful to your organization, e.g., orange_cloudaccount.

c) For Auth (IAM) URL, enter: https://iam.eu-de.otc.t-systems.com/v3.

d) For Domain name, enter the OTC Domain Name you used to login to the OTC console.

e) For Username, enter a username that is an OTC administrator.

f) For Password, enter the password for the OTC administrator.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 210: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.206

6. Click Create Account.

7.14.3 Checking OTC Account Service QuotasView your OTC account resource usage and limits.

Quotas are used to limit the number of resources available to users. It is important to ensure you arenot exceeding your quota while setting up the resources for cloud bursting. If the existing resourcequota cannot meet your service requirements, you can submit a work order to increase your quota.Once your application is approved, OTC will update your resource quota accordingly and send you anotification.

1. Login to the OTC console.

2. Click .

Figure 61: View Quotas

Information about resources usage and availability is displayed.

Figure 62: Resource Quotas

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 211: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.207

7.14.4 Creating a Virtual Private CloudCreate a Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) so that you can perform cloud bursting.

OTC documentation for creating a VPC can be found at: Creating a VPC and Regions.

1. Login to the OTC console.

2. Click Service List.

Figure 63: OTC Service List

3. Under Network, click Virtual Private Cloud.

4. Click + Create VPC.

5. In the Basic Information section:

a) For Region, select a region.

Figure 64: Regions

A region is a geographical areas and can comprise one or more availability zones (AZs).A region is completely isolated from other regions. Only AZs in the same region cancommunicate with one another through an internal network.

b) For Name, enter a name for the VPC.

c) For CIDR Block, enter an address range for the network using CIDR notation.

6. In the Subnet Settings section:

a) For Subnet Name, enter a name for the subnet.

b) For CIDR, enter an address range for the subnet using CIDR notation.

c) For Advanced Settings, click Default.7. Click Create Now.

8. Click Back to VPC List.9. Click Security Group in the left hand side menu.

10. Click + Create Security Group.

11. For Name, enter a name for the security group.

12. For Description, enter a suitable description.

13. Click OK.The security group rules are displayed.

14. Click the Inbound tab.

15. Click Add Rule.

a) For Protocol/Application, select TCP.

b) For Port, enter 22.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 212: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.208

c) For Source, select IP Address. and enter 0.0.0.0/0.

d) Click OK.

7.14.5 Creating a Virtual MachineCreate a Elastic Cloud Server (ECS) using a public image provided by OTC for cloud bursting.

You must have already created a Virtual Private Network with a subnet and assigned a Security Group.If you do not have this information, see Creating a Virtual Private Cloud.

OTC documentation for creating an ECS (virtual machine) can be found at Create an ECS.

1. Login to the OTC console.

2. Click Service List.

Figure 65: OTC Service List

3. Under Computing, click Elastic Cloud Server.4. Click Key Pair from the menu located on the left-hand side of the web page.

5. Click + Create Key Pair.6. For Name, enter a name for the key pair.

7. Click OK.

8. Save the key pair (.pem) file to your local disk.

9. Click OK to confirm that you have downloaded the key pair file.

10. Click Elastic Cloud Server from the menu located on the left-hand side of the web page.

11. Click Create ECS.

12. For Region, select the same region that was chosen for the previously created VPC.

Figure 66: Regions

13. For AZ (Availability Zone), select an availability zone.

14. In the Specifications section:

a) Choose an ECS type category:

• General-purpose

• Dedicated general-purpose

• Memory-optimized

• Large-memory

• High-performance

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 213: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.209

• Disk-intensive

• GPU-accelerated

b) For ECS type, choose one of the flavors based on the needs of your site.

15. In the Image section:

a) Click Public image.

b) Select CentOS as the operating system.

c) Select Standard_CentOS7_latest(4GB) for the OS version..

16. In the Disk section, select your system disk requirements.

17. In the VPC section:

a) For VPC, select the VPC you created for cloud bursting.The NIC information is automatically populated.

b) For Security Group, select the security group you created for cloud bursting.

c) For EIP, click Automatically assignd) For Bandwidth, specify it as 5 Mbit/s.

18. For Login Mode, select Key Pair.19. For Key Pair, select the key pair file you generated earlier.

20. For Advanced Settings, click Do not configure.

21. For ECS Name, enter a name for the virtual machine.

22. For Quantity, specify 1.

23. Click Create Now.

24. Review the specifications.

25. Click Submit.26. Click Back to ECS List.

It may take some time to create the virtual machine. Once the ECS is created it is displayed in theECS list.

7.14.6 Installing and Configuring the PBS MoM on the VMInstall the PBS MoM on the virtual machine and configure the VM per your site's environment.

A cloud-init script is provided during the creation of the bursting scenario. This script is ran after a cloudnode is bursted and is used to set up the system environment so that nodes bursted in the cloud cancommunicate with the PBS Professional Server, therefore installation of cloud-init on the VM is required.For more information about installing cloud-init, refer to the Cloudinit Documentation and InstallingCloud-Init.

1. Login to the OTC console.

2. Click Service List.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 214: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.210

Figure 67: OTC Service List

3. Under Computing, click Elastic Cloud Server.4. Copy the Public IP address (External IP) of the ECS.

Figure 68: VM IP Address

5. Login to your site's PBS Server as the user pbsadmin.

6. SSH into the virtual machine as the user "root "using the Public IP address assigned to the VM byentering a command similar to:ssh -i /path/my-key-pair.pem root@PublicIP

where /path/my-key-pair.pem is the location of the .pem file downloaded while creating thevirtual machine and PublicIP is the public IP address of the virtual machine.

7. Using the PBS Professional Installation and Upgrade Guide, install and configure the PBS MOM.

8. Once the PBS MOM is installed, edit the /etc/pbs.conf file.

9. Change the value of PBS_SERVER to the hostname of the PBS Server.

10. Save the file.

11. Edit the file PBS_HOME/mom_priv/config.

where PBS_HOME is the home directory of PBS.

12. Change the value of $clienthost to the hostname of the PBS Server.

13. Save the file.

14. Configure the VM for your site's environment such as pointing it the DNS server, mounting filesystems, connecting it to the authentication service, installing any applications, etc.

15. Install cloud-init.

16. Connect the VM to your PBS server and submit a job to ensure it is working as expected.

7.14.7 Creating an OS ImageCreate an image of the virtual machine configured per your site's requirements.

You must have already created a ECS (virtual machine), installed the PBS MoM on the ECS andconfigured it per your site's environment.

OTC documentation can be found at Creating a Linux Private Image.

1. Login to the OTC console.

2. Click Service List.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 215: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.211

Figure 69: OTC Service List

3. Under Computing, click Image Management Service.

4. Click + Create System Disk Image.

a) For Region, select the same region that was chosen for the previously created VPC and ECS.

Figure 70: Regions

b) For Source, click Server.c) For Server Type, click ECS.

d) For ECS, select the virtual machine created for cloud bursting.

Tip: If the virtual machine is not stopped, then stop it.

e) Click OK when prompted to verify that certain operations have been performed on the ECS.

You do not need to configure or optimize the ECS.

a) For Name, enter a name for the virtual machine.

5. Click Create Now.

6. Review the specifications.

7. Click Submit.8. Click Back to Image List.

The time required for creating an image varies depending on the image file size. Generally, ittakes about 20 minutes to create an image. The image is successfully created when its imagestatus changes to Normal.

Note: Do not perform any operation on the selected ECS or its associated resourcesduring image creation.

You can now delete the virtual machine so that you are no longer charged for it.

7.14.8 Creating a Cloud Bursting Scenario and a TokenCreate an OTC bursting scenario so that PBS execution nodes can be bursted in the cloud.

Open a browser window and login to the OTC console. Open a second browser window and login to PBSControl.

A cloud-init script is provided during the creation of the bursting scenario. This script is ran after a cloudnode is bursted and is used to set up the system environment so that nodes bursted in the cloud can

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 216: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.212

communicate with the PBS Professional Server. For more information about writing cloud-init scripts,refer to the Cloudinit Documentation and the Cloud Bursting chapter of the PBS ControlAdministrator'sGuide.

To control the bursting, bursting limits can be defined for nodes, CPUs, RAM and disk space throughquotas. Once the limit is reached, additional nodes are not bursted. Alerts can also be defined so thatan email is sent by a SMTP server when a node, CPU, RAM or disk space limit is reached.

Note: The SMTP server is configured during installation of PBS Control by your site'ssystem administrator.

The final step when creating a bursting scenario, is the creation of a token and associated API key. TheAPI key is used in the PBS Professional Cloud Bursting hook.

1. Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

2. Click Cloud.

3. Under Infrastructure, click Bursting.

4. Click Add Bursting Scenario.

5. Enter information about the bursting scenario such as name, cloud provider, cloud account, andgeographic location.

a) For Name, enter a name for the cloud bursting scenario.

b) For Description, enter a description.

c) For Cloud Provider, click .

d) For Cloud Account, choose a previously created OTC account from the list.

e) For Select a region, select the same region that was chosen for the previously created VMand VPC.

6. Click Next.Enter information about the OTC resources necessary to burst in the cloud.

7. For Domain name, provide the domain name of your organization for the cloud bursting network.altair.com, burst.altair.com

8. For Hostname prefix, enter a prefix for the names of the bursted nodes.If "node" is entered , the cloud bursting nodes will be available to PBS Professional as node1,node2, node3, etc.

9. Navigate to the OTC console browser window.

10. Click Service List.

Figure 71: OTC Service List

11. Under Network, click Virtual Private Cloud.

12. Click Virtual Private Cloud from the menu located on the left-hand side of the web page.

13. Click the name of the VPC you created for cloud bursting.

14. Click the name of the VPC's subnet.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 217: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.213

15. Copy the Subnet ID.

16. Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

17. For Subnet ID, paste the subnet's ID copied from the OTC console.

18. In the OTC console browser window, click Security Group from the menu located on the left-hand side of the web page.

19. Click the name of the security group you created for the VPC.

20. Copy the ID of the security group.

21. Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

22. For Security Group, paste the security group's ID you copied from the OTC console.

23. Enable the Add public IP to VMs if you need to connect to the cloud bursting nodes from theinternet.

It is recommended to leave this disabled.

24. Navigate to the OTC console browser window.

25. Click Service List.

Figure 72: OTC Service List

26. Under Computing, click Image Management Service.

27. Click the Private Images tab.

28. Click the name of the VM image you created for cloud bursting.

29. Copy the Image ID of the image.

30. Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

31. For OS Image URI, paste the image ID you copied from the OTC console.

32. For Cloud-init script, click Browse, browse for the script file and add it.

This script will run after a cloud node is bursted.

33. Add public SSH keys for any users that you want to have access to the bursted nodes:

a) Login to the PBS Server.

b) Copy the public SSH key for the user.

Public key files are usually stored in /.ssh in the user's home directory.

c) Navigate to the PBS Control browser window.

d) Click Add to add the public key.

e) For Public SSH keys, paste the public SSH key.

f) Repeat steps a through e to add additional public SSH keys.

The public keys are copied to each bursted node for secure connectivity.

34. Click Next to define quotas for the cloud bursting scenario.

35. Add quotas and alerts:

a) Click Add Quota.

b) For Resource type, choose a resource from the menu.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 218: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.214

c) Click Add Quota.

d) For Limit, choose a limit for the resource.

When the limit is reached for the resource, the deployment of further cloud bursted nodes isblocked.

e) Click + to add an alert.

f) Add an alert value.

When the alert value is reached, an email is sent if an SMTP server is configured.

g) Repeat steps a through f to add quotas and alerts for other resources types.

36. Click Instantiate scenario.

37. Add a token.

a) For Name, enter a name for the token.

b) For Expiration date, specify the expiration date in MM/DD/YYYY format.

c) Click Add Token.An API key is generated.

d) Copy and save this API key.

It is only displayed once. This key is pasted in the configuration file used to configure the PBSProfessional cloud bursting hook.

e) Click Close.Information about the cloud bursting scenario is displayed.

Once the cloud bursting scenario is created, there is additional configuration that needs to occur for PBSProfessional. For more information about cloud bursting with PBS Professional 14.2.6, see the chapterCloud Bursting with PBS in the PBS Professional 14.2.6 Release Notes. For PBS Professional 18.2 seethe chapter Cloud Bursting with PBS in the PBS Professional 18.2 Administrator's Guide. For cloudbursting with PBS Professional 18.2.2, see the Cloud Bursting chapter in the PBS Control Administrator'sGuide.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 219: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.215

7.15 Testing Cloud Bursting with the CLIUse the PCLM Command Line Interface to test cloud bursting.

1. Ensure that the cloud infrastructure (VPN connectivity, networks, firewalls etc.) is configured.

2. The cloud account and bursting scenario must be configured in PBS Control.

3. A Bursting Token (API Key) for the scenario must be generated.

4. By default, PCLM CLI is installed at PBS_EXEC/bin/pclm for PBS Professional 18.2.x. Otherwise,you will need to install the PCLM CLI manually.

7.15.1 Bursting an Execution Node in the CloudUse the PCLM CLI client for cloud bursting.

For more information about cloud provider instance/machine types seeCloud Provider Instance Types.

Cloud bursting can be accomplished from the command line by issuing a single command. You can thenget the status of the bursting activity and also capture the output in raw JSON format.

1. Execute the below command to burst a node in the cloud:pclm --api-endpoint=http://HOSTNAME:9980/pclm/ --api-key API_KEY bootstrapper --wait scenario\ burst '{"mom":[{"deployable_id": "MACHINE_TYPE", "count":COUNT}]}'

Where:

• HOSTNAME is the IP address or hostname of the machine where PBSCloud is installed.

• API_KEY is API Key generated from PBS Control while creating the cloud bursting scenario.

• boostrapper is the microservices module for bursting.

• --wait causes the application to wait for the node to be bursted.

• MACHINE_TYPE is the name of cloud provider instance type. This is the type of machine thatwill be bursted. It must match one of the instance types defined by the cloud provider.

• COUNT indicates the number of nodes to burst.

2. Execute this command to view the status of the cloud bursting activity.pclm --api-endpoint=http://HOSTNAME:9980/pclm/ --api-key API_KEY bootstrapper scenario status

The status is displayed as a table. Use --raw to display the output of the command in JSONformat.

The status command will display the machine id, machine private ip and hostname.

The states are:

• RUNNING indicates deployment ongoing.

• SUCCESS indicates deployment finished, machine is ready

• CREATED indicates machines are created. This status is short-lived and rarely visible.

• ERROR indicates that something has gone wrong and machine deployment has failed.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 220: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.216

• UNDEPLOYMENT RUNNING indicates that machines are being removed.

• UNDEPLOYMENT ERROR indicates that something has gone wrong while machine was beingremoved.

When an undeployment of a machine is finished, it disappears from the status table.

7.15.2 Unbursting an Execution Node in the CloudUse the PCLM CLI client for unbursting nodes from the cloud.

Use the PCLM CLI to view the status of the nodes while cloud bursting is in progress. Executeunbursting command to remove nodes.

1. Execute this command to get the status of the cloud bursting activity.pclm --api-endpoint=http://HOSTNAME:9980/pclm/ --api-key API_KEY bootstrapper scenario status

Where:

• HOSTNAME is the IP address or hostname of the machine where PBSCloud is installed.

• API_KEY is API Key generated from PBS Control while creating the cloud bursting scenario.

The status command will display the machine id, machine private ip and hostname for the nodes.

2. Execute this command for unbursting.pclm --api-endpoint=http://HOSTNAME:9980/pclm/ --api-key API_KEY bootstrapper --wait scenario\ unburst MACHINE_ID|MACHINE_PRIVATE_IP|HOSTNAME

Where:

• MACHINE_ID is the ID of the machine to be removed.

• MACHINE_PRIVATE_IP is the IP of the machine to be removed.

• HOSTNAME is the hostname of the machine to be removed.

You can use ID, Private IP or hostname of a machine to unburst it.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 221: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.217

7.16 Configuring PBS Professional for CloudBursting

7.16.1 Configuring Your Network

VPNA VPN is required from the on-premise network to the cloud network for seamless communicationbetween the two.

Test the VPN setup: manually bring up the instance on the cloud and check connectivity between thelocal and cloud instances.

Set Up DNSAny node burst in the cloud must register with the DNS server to identify itself in the complex. Usea DNS server installed on the PBS Server host. Any node that is created needs to be identified by itshostname. When a node is burst, the hook script takes care of registering any cloud nodes with theDNS server on the PBS server host. Instructions for installing and configuring a BIND DNS server areprovided in the following section Installing and Configuring a Bind DNS Server.

Important: The DNS server can become a bottleneck if you are running more than 256cloud nodes. Consider adding a replica DNS server on a utility node in the cloud running apbs_comm. Contact Altair for solutions.

7.16.2 Configuring Cloud Bursting Custom Resources

PBS Professional Custom Resources for Cloud BurstingCustom resources that must be added to PBS Professional to implement cloud bursting.

Table 12: Cloud Bursting Custom Resources

Custom Resource Name Type Description

cloud_queue Queue-level Boolean When True, the queue is acloud queue.

cloud_instance_type Queue-level string Instance type for this queue.

cloud_node_instance_type Host-level string. Instance type of this cloudnode.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 222: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.218

Custom Resource Name Type Description

cloud_min_instances Server-level integer. Minimum number of instancesto be present in the cloud atany time.

cloud_max_instances Server-level integer. Maximum number of instancesthat can be made available inthe cloud.

cloud_min_uptime Server-level duration. Isexpressed as an integer whoseunits are in seconds.

Minimum time for which acloud burst node can be up.

cloud_provisioned_time Host-level integer. Time at which the cloud node iscreated.

lic_signature Host-level string. Contains node hour informationfor licensing

cloud_node_image Host-level string. OS image that is to be usedwhen a cloud node is burst.

cloud_network Host-level string Used to group a set of nodeswith the same network name.Used to request InfiniBandenabled nodes.

node_location Host-level string Used to differentiate localnodes from cloud nodes. It isuseful when the site wants thescheduler to try to place jobson the on-premise nodes firstbefore trying to run them oncloud nodes, while restrictingjobs from running on both.Used with placement sets.

cloud_max_jobs_check_per_queue Queue-level integer. The number of queued jobsin the cloud queue that arechecked to determine thenumber of nodes that must beburst based on the instancetype requested. Default is 64.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 223: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.219

Further Explanation for cloud_max_jobs_check_per_queueThe following example further explains the use of cloud_max_jobs_check_per_queue.

1. The cloud hook first checks for queued jobs in the cloud queue.

2. It then checks the number of resources it requires to run those jobs.

3. It adds up all the resources required for the queued jobs to run.

4. It calculates the number of nodes required to run the job.

Example:

Suppose there is a cloud queue and the instance type specified for the queue is Standard_DS2_V2. Theconfiguration for Standard_DS1_v2 is{“ncpus”:2, “mem”:”8gb”}.

Jobs that are in a queued state in the cloud queue are J1, J2, and J3.

• J1 needs 3 CPUs to run.

• J2 needs 2 CPUs to run.

• J3 needs 5 CPUs to run.

The number of CPUs required to run these jobs is 3+2+5 = 10 CPUs.

The number of nodes needed to run all 3 jobs = (10 CPUs/2[Standard_DS2_V2 number of CPUs]) = 5nodes are needed to burst nodes of type Standard_DS2_V2.

cloud_max_jobs_check_per_queue is set to the default value of 64. If 100 jobs are queued in the cloudqueue (J1.….J100), then only the first 64 jobs (J1.…..J64) are used to calculate how many nodes needto be burst. You may change the value of cloud_max_jobs_check_per_queue to tune cloud bursting.

Creating Cloud Bursting Custom ResourcesAdd custom resources required to implement cloud bursting.

Creating custom resources must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudocommand.

1. Login to the PBS Server.

2. Copy and execute the following commands to create the custom resources required for cloudbursting:qmgr -c "create resource cloud_queue type=boolean" qmgr -c "create resource cloud_instance_type type=string"qmgr -c "create resource cloud_node_instance_type type=string,flag=h"qmgr -c "create resource cloud_min_instances type=long"qmgr -c "create resource cloud_max_instances type=long"qmgr -c "create resource cloud_min_uptime type=long"qmgr -c "create resource cloud_provisioned_time type=long,flag=h"qmgr -c "create resource lic_signature type=string,flag=h"qmgr -c "create resource cloud_node_image type=string,flag=h"qmgr -c "create resource cloud_network type=string,flag=h"qmgr -c "create resource cloud_max_jobs_check_per_queue type=long"

3. Navigate to PBS_HOME/sched_priv.

4. Edit the sched_config file.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 224: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.220

5. Add cloud_node_image, cloud_node_instance_type, and cloud_network to the resourcesline:resources: "ncpus, mem, arch, host, vnode, netwins, aoe, cloud_node_image, cloud_node_instance_type, cloud_network"

7.16.3 Setting Cloud Limits at ServerSet server limits for the minimum number of instances to be present in the cloud at any time,maximum number of instances that can be made available in the cloud, and minimum amount of timefor which a cloud burst node can be up.

Setting server limits must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

1. Login to the PBS Server.

2. Copy and execute the following commands to set server limits:qmgr -c "set server resources_available.cloud_min_instances = 0"qmgr -c "set server resources_available.cloud_max_instances = MAX_INSTANCES"qmgr -c "set server resources_available.cloud_min_uptime = MIN_UPTIME"

Where MAX_INSTANCES is the maximum number of instances that can be made availablein the cloud and MIN_UPTIME is the minimum time for which a cloud burst node can be up.Recommendation is to set the minimum uptime to at least 15 minutes, test cloud bursting andadjust as necessary.

7.16.4 Creating and Configuring the Cloud Queue

Cloud Provider Instance TypesInformation about cloud provider instance types.

The instance type (also called shapes or machine types) determines the hardware of the host computerused for your cloud bursting nodes. Each instance type offers different compute, memory, and storagecapabilities. You will need to know what type of instance type you wanted bursted in the cloud beforeyou can configure the cloud queue. For information about instance types per cloud provider see thefollowing table:

Table 13: Cloud Provider Instance Types

Provider URL Example Instance Types

Azure Sizes for virtual machines inAzureand High performancecompute VM sizes

Standard_DS1_v2, Standard_D2s_v3, Standard_NC6

Standard_H16r, Standard_H16mr (InfiniBand)

AWS Amazon EC2 Instance Types t2.medium, r4.large, p3.2xlarge

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 225: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.221

Provider URL Example Instance Types

GCP Machine Types n1-standard-8, n1-highmem-2, n1-highcpu-64

Oracle VM Shapes and GPU Instances VM.Standard1.1, VM.DenseIO1.16, VM.GPU3.1

Configuring the Queue for Cloud BurstingAdd and configure the queue necessary for cloud bursting.

Creating and configuring a queue must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using thesudo command.

1. Login to the PBS Server.

2. Copy and execute the following commands to create and configure the cloud queue:qmgr -c "create queue cloudq queue_type=execution,enabled=true,started=true"qmgr -c "set queue cloudq resources_available.cloud_queue = True"qmgr -c "set queue cloudq resources_available.cloud_instance_type = INSTANCE_TYPE"

Where INSTANCE_TYPE is the name of cloud provider instance type. This is the type of machinethat will be bursted. It must match one of the instance types defined in the cloud bursting hookconfiguration file.

Instance type string has to match exactly with instance type in hook config file

3. Optionally, set the maximum number of jobs (MAX_JOBS) that can be placed in the cloud queue:qmgr -c "set queue cloudq cloud_max_jobs_check_per_queue = MAX_JOBS"

Where MAX_JOBS is the number of queued jobs in the cloud queue that are checked to determinethe number of nodes that must be burst based on the instance type requested. Default is 64. Canbe set to zero so that there is no limit.

7.16.5 Configuring the Cloud Bursting Hook

Cloud Bursting Periodic HookA python hook that performs all the cloud bursting work.

The cloud bursting periodic hook is automatically installed with PBS Professional 14.2.6 and 18.2.Export the cloud bursting hook configuration file and make any changes required for your site. Aftermaking the necessary changes, re-import the hook with the updated configuration values. The cloudbursting configuration file contains the following parameters:

default_userArtifact from a previous release of cloud bursting. No longer used, but is required to be defined inthe configuration file. Recommendation is to leave it set to "pbsuser".

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 226: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.222

resourcesResources to be considered for calculating number of nodes to burst. Resource name added inresources line should also be added to instance_types. Resources added should be of numerictype. Currently, resources that are supported are: "ncpus", "mem", "ngpus".

max_nodes_per_burst

Maximum number of nodes allowed to burst in a single hook cycle.

Maximum number of cloud node licenses to renew per hook cycle.

cloud_node_wait_timeoutMaximum time to wait for freshly burst node to become usable. Default is 180 seconds. You canset this to a higher value, but a lower value defaults to 180 seconds.

pclm_cmdPCLM command to be used by the hook script for bursting, unbursting, and status.

api_keyScenario token generated by PBS Control at the time of a scenario creation.

pclm_cmd_licPCLM command to be used by the hook script in order to get the license signature.

Register_to_DNSWhen True, switch to use the DNS server on the PBS server host. When False, use customer'sDNS server. Remaining values are used when this value is set to True.

domainDNS domain name of complex.

zonefileForward zone filename, along with file path

reverse_zonefileReverse zone filename, along with file path

reverse_zone_octetsOctet value for reverse mapping

reload_cmdCommand that reloads the DNS service configuration and zone files. Default example is for aBIND DNS server.

cloud_min_uptime

Minimum time for which a cloud burst node will be up. This value is overridden by the resourcevalue set on the server.

cloud_min_instances

Minimum number of instances to be present in the cloud at any time. Does not apply duringstartup; cloud nodes are not immediately burst on startup. This is the minimum number that aremaintained after they are initially burst on demand. This value is overridden by the same valueset on the server.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 227: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.223

cloud_max_instances

Maximum number of instances that can be made available in the cloud. This value is overriddenby the resource value set on the server.

max_vms_for_infiniband_scalesetDefines the number of nodes on an single InfiniBand switch. Supported by Azure only. This limit isset by Azure and the current default is 100. Customers may negotiate with Azure to increase thislimit. In this case, the value of max_vms_for_infiniband_scaleset should be updated.

cloud_default_imageOS image that is to be used by default when a cloud node is burst. This is overridden when theOS image is provided at job submission via the qsub command.

instance_typesInstance type specifications: type of instance on cloud, for example Standard_DS3_v2. Instancetypes are defined by the cloud provider. The name of the instance type and the CPU and memorysignature must exactly match the cloud provider's.

Default Cloud Bursting Hook Configuration File{ "default_user":"pbsuser", "resources":["ncpus", "mem", "ngpus"], "max_nodes_per_burst":50, "cloud_node_wait_timeout":180, "pclm": { "pclm_cmd": "</path/of/pclm> --raw --api-endpoint=<PCLM_SERVER:PORT> --api-key %s bootstrapper %s %s", "api_key": "<API KEY HERE>", "pclm_cmd_lic": "</path/of/pclm> --raw --api-endpoint=<PCLM_SERVER:PORT> --api-key %s pacioli license sign %s %s" }, "dns": { "Register_to_DNS": true, "domain": "<DOMAIN NAME HERE>", "zonefile": "</path/to/forward_zone_file>", "reverse_zonefile": "</path/to/reverse_zone_file>", "reverse_zone_octets": 3, "reload_cmd": "/sbin/rndc reload" }, "cloud":{ "cloud_min_uptime": 180, "cloud_min_instances": 0, "cloud_max_instances": 10, "max_vms_for_infiniband_scaleset" : 100, "cloud_default_image" : "<CloudDefaultImage>" }, "instance_types":{ "Standard_DS2_v2": {"ncpus": 2, "mem": "7gb" }, "Standard_DS3_v2": {"ncpus": 4, "mem": "14gb" }, "Standard_DS1_v2": {"ncpus": 1, "mem": "3.5gb"} }}

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 228: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.224

Configuring the Cloud Bursting HookConfigure the cloud bursting hook per your site's requirements and then re-import it.

Configuring the hook must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudocommand.

Export the cloud bursting hook configuration file, update it's parameters per your site's requirements,and then re-import the hook.

1. Export the cloud bursting hook configuration to a file:qmgr -c "export pbshook PBS_cloud_bursting application/x-config default" > FILENAME

Where FILENAME is the name of the file where the hook configuration is written.

qmgr -c "export pbshook PBS_cloud_bursting application/x-config default" > config.json

2. Edit the file.

3. Set resources to a comma separated list of resources that are to be considered for calculating thenumber of nodes to burst.["ncpus", "mem", "ngpus"] OR ["ncpus", "mem"]

4. Set the value of max_nodes_per_burst to the maximum number of nodes allowed to burst in asingle PCLM call.

5. Set the value of cloud_node_wait_timeout to the maximum time to wait for freshly burst nodeto become usable.

Default is 180 seconds. You can set this to a higher value, but a lower value defaults to 180seconds.

6. For pclm_cmd:

a) Set the value of </path/of/pclm> to the path where the PCLM CLI is installed.

By default, the PCLM CLI is installed at PBS_EXEC/bin/pclm for PBS Professional 18.2.x.

b) Set the value of <PCLM_SERVER:PORT> to http://HOSTNAME:9980/pclm/.

Where HOSTNAME is the IP address or hostname of the machine where PBSCloud is installed.

7. Set the value of api_key to the token generated by PBS Control during the creation of thebursting scenario.

8. For pclm_cmd_lic:

a) Set the value of </path/of/pclm> to the path where the PCLM CLI is installed.

By default, the PCLM CLI is installed at PBS_EXEC/bin/pclm for PBS Professional 18.2.x.

b) Set the value of <PCLM_SERVER:PORT> to http://HOSTNAME:9980/pclm/.

Where HOSTNAME is the IP address or hostname of the machine where PBSCloud is installed.

9. For the dns section:

a) Set the value of Register_to_DNS to true.

b) Set the value of domain to the DNS server domain name previously installed.

c) Set the value of zonefile to the path to the DNS zone file.

d) Set the value of reverse_zonefile to the path to the DNS reverse zone file.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 229: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.225

e) Set the value of reload_cmd to the path of the command to reload the DNS serverconfiguration and zone files.

Default value is for a BIND DNS server.

10. For the cloud section:

a) Set the value of cloud_min_uptime to the minimum time for which a cloud burst node will beup.

This value is overridden by the resource value set on the server.

b) Set the value of cloud_min_instances to the minimum number of instances to be present inthe cloud at any time.

This value is overridden by the same value set on the server.

c) Set the value of cloud_max_instances to the maximum number of instances that can bemade available in the cloud.

This value is overridden by the resource value set on the server.

d) Set the value of max_vms_for_infiniband_scaleset to define the maximum number ofnodes allowed on a single InfiniBand switch.

This value should match the value of Maximum number of VMs inside a ScaleSet as specifiedin the Azure bursting scenario. If you are not using InfiniBand, do not change the value ofthis parameter.

Note: Supported by Azure only.

e) Set the value of cloud_default_image to OS image that should be used for bursting.

This OS image is used if the image is not requested as part of the job submission request.

11. For the instance_types section, add any instance types per your cloud provider that you wantbursted.

Instance types are defined by the cloud provider. The name of the instance type and the CPU andmemory signature must exactly match the cloud provider's.

Cloud Provider Instance Type Example

Azure "Standard_DS2_v2": {"ncpus": 2, "mem": "7gb" },"Standard_DS3_v2": {"ncpus": 4, "mem": "14gb" },"Standard_DS1_v2": {"ncpus": 1, "mem": "3.5gb"},"Standard_NC6": {"ncpus": 6, "mem": "56gb", "ngpus": 1}

AWS "t3.large": {"ncpus": 2, "mem": "8gb" }, "t2.xlarge":{"ncpus": 4, "mem": "16gb" }, "p3.2xlarge": {"ncpus": 8, "mem": "61gb", "ngpus": 1}

GCP "n1-standard-2": {"ncpus": 2, "mem": "7.5gb" },"n1-highmem-8": {"ncpus": 8, "mem": "152gb" },"n1-highcpu-16": {"ncpus": 16, "mem": "14.4gb", "ngpus": 1}

Oracle Cloud "VM.Standard1.1": {"ncpus": 1, "mem": "7gb" },"VM.DenseIO1.8": {"ncpus": 8, "mem": "120gb" },

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 230: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.226

Cloud Provider Instance Type Example

"VM.GPU3.1": {"ncpus": 6, "mem": "90gb", "ngpus": 1}

12. Re-import the hook with the updated configuration values:qmgr -c "import pbshook PBS_cloud_bursting application/x-config default FILENAME"

Where FILENAME is the name of the file containing the hook configuration.qmgr -c "import pbshook PBS_cloud_bursting application/x-config default config.json"

13. Optionally, set the cloud bursting hook frequency.

The default frequency for the cloud bursting hook to execute is every 2 minutes.

qmgr -c "set pbshook PBS_cloud_bursting freq=FREQUENCY"

Where FREQUENCY is the frequency for the hook to execute in minutes.

14. Set the cloud bursting hook alarm:

You must set the hook alarm; otherwise, the hook will time out after the default value of 600seconds. Tune the alarm value to something greater than the default. Consider the followingfactors:

• Time required to burst nodes on the cloud

• Time required to unburst nodes on the cloud

• Number of cloud queues

Tip: Recommend that this value should be set to at least 20 minutes (1200 seconds).

qmgr -c "set pbshook PBS_cloud_bursting alarm=ALARM_TIME"

15. Enable the cloud bursting hook.

The cloud bursting server periodic hook is disabled by default.qmgr -c "set pbshook PBS_cloud_bursting enabled=True"

7.16.6 Testing Cloud Bursting by Submitting a JobTest cloud bursting by submitting jobs to cloud queues.

Tip: To troubleshoot issues with the cloud bursting hook, specify that all log events shouldbe captured in the PBS Server logs. Make sure to reset this value after testing is complete.qmgr -c "set server log_events = 2047"

1. Submit jobs to the cloud queue.qsub -l select=1:ncpus=4 -q CLOUD_Q JOB_SCRIPTqsub -l select=1:ncpus=4 -q CLOUD_Q JOB_SCRIPT

Where:

• CLOUD_Q is the name of the cloud queue.

• JOB_SCRIPT is the name of the script to be executed.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 231: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.227

2. Check the status of the jobs:qstat -s

3. Tail the PBS Professional server logs.tail -f PBS_HOME/server_logs/CURRENT_SERVER_LOG_FILE

Where CURRENT_SERVER_LOG_FILE is the most current PBS Server log file.

4. Check the current log file to verify that the cloud bursting hook is started.

Search for the name of the cloud bursting hook.Server@master;Hook;HOOK_NAME;started

Where HOOK_NAME is the name of the cloud bursting hook.

5. Check the status of the nodes to verify that PBS Professional bursted to cloud nodes:pbsnodes -av

6. Check the status of the jobs.

Once the node is added, jobs should start running.qstat -s

7.16.7 Managing Cloud and On-premise JobsSolutions to handle various job distribution needs.

Your site may want to run certain types of jobs on-premises or in the cloud. PBS Professional providesvarious methods to collect and distribute jobs. For more information see Routing Jobs in the PBSProfessional Administrator’s Guide. Here are some solutions to handle various job distribution needs.

Associate Node with QueuesIn general, start by associating nodes with queues, so that a job in a specific queue is sent to thedesired nodes. Associate each on-premise vnode with the appropriate local queue. Set the queueattribute on the vnode to the name of the local queue:

qmgr -c "active <list of on-premise nodes>"qmgr -c "set node queue=<name of local queue>"

For more information see Creating Queues and Associating Vnodes With One Queue in the PBSProfessional Administrator’s Guide.

Use Hooks or Routing Queues to Send Jobs to the Appropriate QueueTo send jobs to the appropriate queue on submission, use hooks or routing queues. For moreinformation see the PBS Professional Hooks Guide and Routing Queues in the PBS ProfessionalAdministrator’s Guide.

Use Peering to Pull Jobs to Empty NodesTo allow jobs to be run where resources are available, use peering to pull jobs to empty nodes. Formore information see Peer Scheduling in the PBS Professional Administrator’s Guide.

Use Placement SetsCreate a custom resource and use it to indicate that a node is on-premises.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 232: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.228

qmgr -c "create resource node_location type=string,flag=h"

To make sure that each job runs either on premises or in the cloud, but not both, you can useplacement sets. Set the resources_available.node_location resource on your local vnodes to onevalue, for example, "local", to indicate that they are on-premise:qmgr -c "active <local vnode list>"qmgr -c "set node resources_available.node_location=local"

Make sure that cloud vnodes have resources_available.node_location unset.

Enable placement sets:qmgr -c "set server node_group_enable=true"qmgr -c "set server node_group_key=node_location"

Allow creation of placement sets from unset resources:qmgr -c "set sched only_explicit_psets=false"

Optionally, prevent any single job from running on both local and cloud vnodes:qmgr -c "set sched do_not_span_psets=true"

At each local queue, set default resources so that jobs go to local vnodes:qmgr -c "set queue <queue name> resources_default.node_location=local"qmgr -c "set queue <queue name> resources_min.node_location=local"qmgr -c "set queue <queue name> resources_max.node_location=local"

Add the node_location resource to the resources line in the sched_config file so that it includes:"... , node_location"

Restart or HUP the scheduler:

kill -HUP <scheduler PID>

For more information see Placement Sets in the PBS Professional Administrator’s Guide.

Job Distribution Examples and SolutionsExamples for routing jobs to the cloud.

Burst when On-premise Nodes are Not AvailableYou want to run as many jobs as possible on on-premise nodes, and only burst to the cloud when nomore on-premise nodes are available.

Solution: Create two execution queues, one for local jobs and one for cloud jobs. Set up local peeringso that the local queue pulls from the cloud queue whenever local nodes are available.

Send Small Jobs to the CloudYou have big machines for on-premise nodes and want to reserve those big machines for big jobs. Youwant to send smaller jobs to the cloud.

Solution 1:

• Create three queues: a routing queue, a local queue, and a cloud queue.

• Use the routing queue to collect jobs on submission.

• Set resource gating on the local queue to filter out smaller jobs.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 233: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide7 Cloud Bursting p.229

• Allow smaller jobs into the cloud queue.

Solution 2:

• Create two queues: a local queue, and a cloud queue.

• Use a queuejob hook to route jobs into the appropriate queue.

Send Specific Jobs Only to the CloudYou want to send specific jobs to the cloud because:

• an application needed by some jobs runs well in the cloud.

• a resource that is available in the cloud is not available locally.

• a department has exhausted its share of local resources, and wants to send its jobs to the cloud.

Solution :

• Create two queues: a local queue, and a cloud queue.

• Use a queuejob hook to route jobs into the appropriate queue.

Charge Departments for Resources UsedYou have multiple departments and each department should be charged for the resources it uses.

Solution :

• Create a cloud queue for each department.

• Set separate limits on each cloud queue.

7.16.8 Disabling Cloud BurstingDisable cloud bursting by disabling the PBS Professional periodic hook.

1. Login to the PBS Server as root.

2. Enter the following command and press ENTER.

qmgr -c "set hook cloud_burst enabled=False"

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 234: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

Advanced Configuration 8

8 Advanced Configuration

This chapter covers the following:

• 8.1 Upgrading or Reconfiguring PBS Professional (p. 231)

• 8.2 Configuring Single Sign-On (p. 232)

• 8.3 Enabling Multi-Factor Authentication (p. 236)

• 8.4 Configuring Concurrent Threads for Retrieving Job Details (p. 238)

• 8.5 Configure the Job and Node Details Refresh Interval (p. 239)

• 8.6 Changing the Location Where the Data Collector Gathers the Accounting Logs (p. 240)

• 8.7 Changing the SSH Server (p. 241)

• 8.8 Configuring the Session Timeout (p. 242)

• 8.9 Changing the Hostname of the Analytics Component (p. 243)

• 8.10 Changing the Hostname of the PBSCloud Component (p. 244)

• 8.11 Changing the Gateway HTTPS Port (p. 245)

• 8.12 Resetting the Analytics Accounting Log Data (p. 246)

• 8.13 Advanced Configuration for PBSCloud (p. 247)

Page 235: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide8 Advanced Configuration p.231

8.1 Upgrading or Reconfiguring PBS ProfessionalStop the Data Collectors before upgrading or reconfiguring PBS Professional.

Stop the Analytics Data Collectors before upgrading PBS Professional, performing maintenance, or re-configuring execution hosts where the system is drained of running jobs and the PBS Server and MoMsare shut down.

1. Login to each machine where a Data Collector is installed.

2. Stop the Data Collector:systemctl stop pbsworks-dc

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 236: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide8 Advanced Configuration p.232

8.2 Configuring Single Sign-On

8.2.1 Enabling Single Sign-OnEnable Single Sign-On (SSO) so that clients who are logged into a domain can access PBS Controlwithout providing credentials a second time.

The browser that is used to access PBS Control has to be configured for Kerberos and NT LAN Manager(NTLM). View How to configure supported browsers for Kerberos and NTLM for a list of supportedbrowsers and platforms, as well as steps for configuring the supported browser.

Additionally, every service that uses Kerberos authentication needs to have an SPN set for it so thatclients can identify the service on the network. For information on how to register a SPN see Registeringa SPN. If a SPN has already been registered, verify the SPN before enabling SSO - Verifying SPNRegistrations.

The following steps must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

Note: By default SSO is disabled.

1. Login to the machine where the Web Interface is installed.

2. Edit the file PC_HOME/config/shared/auth-config/auth_details.json.

3. Enable SSO by changing the value of the sso key to true."sso": { "enable_sso": "true" },

4. Edit the file PC_HOME/config/shared/auth-config/krb5.conf.

5. Replace all instances of $SSO_DOMAIN$ with the domain name (in uppercase) against which theusers are authenticated.[libdefaults] default_realm=$SSO_DOMAIN$ default_tkt_enctypes = aes128-cts rc4-hmac des3-cbc-sha1 des-cbc-md5 des-cbc-crc default_tgs_enctypes = aes128-cts rc4-hmac des3-cbc-sha1 des-cbc-md5 des-cbc-crc permitted_enctypes = aes128-cts rc4-hmac des3-cbc-sha1 des-cbc-md5 des-cbc-crc

[realms] $SSO_DOMAIN$ = { kdc = $SSO_DOMAIN$ default_domain = $SSO_DOMAIN$}

[domain_realm] .$SSO_DOMAIN$ = $SSO_DOMAIN$

On Windows, find the domain name by right-clicking My Computer and selecting Properties.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 237: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide8 Advanced Configuration p.233

Figure 73: Windows Domain Name

On Linux, find the domain name using the command dnsdomainsname.

6. Edit the file PC_HOME/config/pcgui/tomcat/conf/web.xml.

7. Perform a search for the following text: ALTAIR PBSControl SSO Configurations.

8. Uncomment the XML just below this text by removing <!-- and --> that surround the XML.<!--<filter> <filter-name>SpnegoHttpFilter</filter-name> <filter-class>net.sourceforge.spnego.SpnegoHttpFilter</filter-class>

<init-param> <param-name>spnego.allow.basic</param-name> <param-value>true</param-value> </init-param>

<init-param> <param-name>spnego.allow.localhost</param-name> <param-value>true</param-value> </init-param>….…. <init-param> <param-name>spnego.logger.level</param-name> <param-value>1</param-value> </init-param></filter>

<filter-mapping> <filter-name>SpnegoHttpFilter</filter-name> <url-pattern>*.html</url-pattern></filter-mapping>-->

9. Update SPN_USER_NAME and SPN_USER_PASSWORD with the credentials used when registeringthe SPN. <init-param> <param-name>spnego.preauth.username</param-name> <param-value>{SPN_USER_NAME}</param-value> </init-param>

<init-param> <param-name>spnego.preauth.password</param-name> <param-value>{SPN_USER_PASSWORD}</param-value> </init-param>

10. Restart PBS Control:pbs-control-manager restart

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 238: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide8 Advanced Configuration p.234

Registering a SPNRegister a Service Principal Name (SPN) so the you can implement Kerberos authentication.

SPNs are unique identifiers for services running on servers. Every service that uses Kerberosauthentication needs to have an SPN set for it so that clients can identify the service on the network.

1. Click this link: http://spnego.sourceforge.net/spnego_tomcat.html.

2. Scroll down until you find the section titled "Registering an SPN".

3. Follow the instructions to register a SPN.

Verifying SPN RegistrationsCheck that a SPN is registered for a specific computer.

1. Click the Windows Start button.

2. Enter command in the search box.

3. Right-click Command Prompt.4. Click Run as administrator.5. Enter the command: setspn -T -F -Q http/<DNSNAME>.

<DNSNAME> is the DNS hostname used when registering the SPN.

8.2.2 Disabling Single Sign-OnDisable Single Sign-On so that users are forced to enter their credentials when logging into PBS Control.

The following steps must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

1. Login to the machine where the Web Interface is installed.

2. Edit the file PC_HOME/config/shared/auth-config/auth_details.json.

3. Disable SSO by changing the value of the sso key to false."sso": { "enable_sso": "false" },

4. Edit the file PC_HOME/config/pcgui/tomcat/conf/web.xml.

5. Perform a search for the following text: ALTAIR PBSControl SSO Configurations.

6. Comment the XML just below this text by surrounding the XML with <!-- and -->.<!--<filter> <filter-name>SpnegoHttpFilter</filter-name> <filter-class>net.sourceforge.spnego.SpnegoHttpFilter</filter-class>

<init-param> <param-name>spnego.allow.basic</param-name> <param-value>true</param-value> </init-param>

<init-param> <param-name>spnego.allow.localhost</param-name> <param-value>true</param-value> </init-param>

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 239: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide8 Advanced Configuration p.235

….…. <init-param> <param-name>spnego.logger.level</param-name> <param-value>1</param-value> </init-param></filter>

<filter-mapping> <filter-name>SpnegoHttpFilter</filter-name> <url-pattern>*.html</url-pattern></filter-mapping>-->

7. Restart PBS Control:pbs-control-manager restart

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 240: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide8 Advanced Configuration p.236

8.3 Enabling Multi-Factor AuthenticationEnable DUO multi-factor authentication to strengthen access security by requiring two methods to verifyyour identity.

You must have already implemented DUO multi-factor authentication at your site.

The following steps must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

Multi-factor authentication adds a second layer of security to your site. Verifying your identity using asecond factor (like your phone or other mobile device) prevents anyone but you from logging in, even ifthey know your password.

1. Login to the machine where the Web Interface is installed.

2. Edit the file PC_HOME/config/shared/auth-config/auth_details.json.

3. Enable multi-factor authentication by changing the value of the enable_multi_factor key to true. "multifactor": { "enable_multi_factor": "true",

4. Replace %INTEGRATION_KEY%, %SECRET_KEY%, and %APPLICATION_KEY% with theappropriate values obtained when you chose to protect a new application using the DUO AdminPanel."integration_key":"%INTEGRATION_KEY%","secret_key":"%SECRET_KEY%","application_key":"%APPLICATION_KEY%",

5. Replace %DUO_SCREEN_URL% with the URL that is hosting DUO authentication.

Note: PBS Control sends requests to this URL and communication must be done overHTTPS - i.e. https://someURL. Additionally, the request that PBS Control sends is asigned request, therefore you must be prepared to accept a signed request. For anexample, see the HTML in step 5.

"duo_screen_URL":"%DUO_SCREEN_URL%"

6. Make sure your post_action in the DUO web page points to the following URL:https://PC_HOSTNAME/auth/validate/mf

where PC_HOSTNAME is the hostname of the machine where PBS Control is installed.

Example of DUO HTML page:<!DOCTYPE html><html> <head> <meta charset="utf-8"> <title>Duo Security 2-factor auth Tut - Enable Two-Factor Auth</title> <link rel="stylesheet" href="css/main.css"> </head><body> <iframe id="duo_iframe" width="100%" height="500" frameborder="0"></iframe> <script src="js/Duo-Web-v2.js" type="text/javascript"></script> <!-- The Duo IFRAME ---> <!-- <iframe id="duo_iframe" width="100%" height="500" frameborder="0"></iframe> --> <!-- <script src="js/Duo-Web-v2.js" type="text/javascript"></script> --> <script> var urlParams = new URLSearchParams(window.location.search);

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 241: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide8 Advanced Configuration p.237

var myVar = urlParams.get('sig_request'); console.log(urlParams.get('sig_request')); console.log(urlParams.toString()); Duo.init({ 'host': 'api-45d973a0.duosecurity.com', 'sig_request': myVar, 'post_action': 'https://PC_HOSTNAME/auth/validate/mf' }); </script> Welcome to DUO login</body></html>

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 242: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide8 Advanced Configuration p.238

8.4 Configuring Concurrent Threads for RetrievingJob DetailsChange the number of concurrent threads that are created to retrieve PBS Professional job details whensystem memory issues arise.

Important: Do not change the number of concurrent threads unless your site isexperiencing system memory issues.

Monitor retrieves job details from PBS Professional using concurrent threads. By default, the number ofthreads created is based on the number of system cores multiplied by four (an 8 core system will create8 * 4 = 32 concurrent threads). This multiplication factor has been well tested and provides optimalresults. If your site is experiencing system memory issues, then the number of concurrent threads canbe reduced to free up memory.

CAUTION: The value of concurrent threads should always be set to a positive (great thanzero) number. Setting the number of concurrent threads to a low value will negatively affectjob refresh time. Assigning a higher value when there is a small number of PBS Professionaljobs will not improve performance.

The following steps must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

1. Login to the machine where the Monitor component is installed.

2. Navigate to the PC_HOME/config/monitor/services directory.

3. Edit the file monitor.conf.

4. Update the value of QSTAT_THREADS.QSTAT_THREADS=0

5. Restart PBS Control:pbs-control-manager restart

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 243: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide8 Advanced Configuration p.239

8.5 Configure the Job and Node Details RefreshIntervalChange how often PBS Control requests job and node details from PBS Professional.

Important: Do not change the refresh interval unless your site is experiencingperformance issues.

Monitor runs a background process which retrieves job and node detail information from PBSProfessional. By default, this information is updated every 300 seconds (5 minutes). This interval can bemodified when performance issues are being observed.

CAUTION: Setting the refresh interval to a low value may overwhelm PBS Professional withcontinuous requests.

The following steps must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

1. Login to the machine where the Monitor component is installed.

2. Navigate to the PC_HOME/config/monitor/services directory.

3. Edit the file monitor.conf.

4. Update the value of REFRESH_SCHEDULER_WAIT_TIME_IN_SECONDS.REFRESH_SCHEDULER_WAIT_TIME_IN_SECONDS=300

5. Restart PBS Control:pbs-control-manager restart

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 244: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide8 Advanced Configuration p.240

8.6 Changing the Location Where the Data CollectorGathers the Accounting LogsChange the location of the PBS Professional accounting logs without reinstalling the Data Collector.

The main responsibility of the Data Collector is to make the PBS Professional accounting logs andnode information (pbsnodes -av) accessible to the Analtyics component. The Data Collector has twofunctions. It first copies the accounting logs and node information from your site’s PBS Professionalaccounting log location to an intermediate holding area. Secondly, it transports the information stored inthe holding area to the machine where the Analytics component is installed.

You can change the location where the PBS Professional accounting logs are stored without having toreinstall the Data Collector.

The following steps must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

1. Login to the machine where the Data Collector is installed.

2. Edit the file PC_HOME/config/dc/modules/pbsa/config/config.xml.

3. Change the value of the XML element <entry> with the attribute @key="accounting-log-dir" tothe new location of the PBS Professional accounting log directory.<entry key="accounting-log-dir">/var/spool/PBS/server_priv/accounting</entry>

4. Restart the Data Collector.systemctl restart pbsworks-dc

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 245: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide8 Advanced Configuration p.241

8.7 Changing the SSH ServerPoint to a new SSH server.

The following steps must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

1. Login to the machine where the Web Interface is installed.

2. Edit the file PC_HOME/config/ams/jaas-config/AA_jaas.config.

3. Change the value of host to the hostname of the new SSH server.LoginModule { com.altair.jaas.module.SSHUnixLoginModule Required host="localhost" port="22" cache_ttl="60" debug=false; com.altair.jaas.module.UsersAccessControl Required;};

4. Restart PBS Control:pbs-control-manager restart

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 246: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide8 Advanced Configuration p.242

8.8 Configuring the Session TimeoutChange when a session closes as a result of inactivity over the client connection.

The following steps must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

The default session timeout value is 5 hours.

1. Login to the machine where the Web Interface is installed.

2. Edit the file PC_HOME/config/ams/AA_Service.properties.

3. Change the value of java.sessionTimeout to a new value in hours.

4. Restart PBS Control:pbs-control-manager restart

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 247: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide8 Advanced Configuration p.243

8.9 Changing the Hostname of the AnalyticsComponentChange the hostname of the Analytics component when it is moved to a new host.

The following steps must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

1. Login to the machine where the Web Interface is installed.

2. Edit the file PC_HOME/config/api_gateway/nginx/nginx.conf .

3. Change the Analytics component hostname by updating the existing value of server for upstreamAnalyticsHost in the format of hostname:port.upstream AnalyticsHost{ server dm-04:9000; }

4. Change the Analytics component hostname by updating the existing value of server for upstreamAnalyticsBAHost in the format of hostname:port.upstream AnalyticsBAHost{ server dm-04:9443; }

5. Restart PBS Control:pbs-control-manager restart

6. Login to the machine where the Simulator component is installed.

7. Edit the file PC_HOME/pbs-control-simulator/etc/pbssim/environment.

8. Change the value of PBS_SIM_ANALYTICS_HOST to the new hostname of the Analytics component.

9. Edit the file PC_HOME/pbs-control-simulator/etc/pbssim/pbssim.conf.

10. Change the value of analytics_host to the new hostname of the Analytics component.

11. Restart PBS Control:pbs-control-manager restart

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 248: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide8 Advanced Configuration p.244

8.10 Changing the Hostname of the PBSCloudComponentChange the hostname of the PBSCloud component when it is moved to a new host.

1. Login to the machine where the Web Interface is installed.

2. Edit the file PC_HOME/config/api_gateway/nginx/nginx.conf.

3. Change the PBSCloud component hostname by updating the existing value of server for upstreamPBSCloud in the format of hostname:port. upstream PBSCloud{ server dm-01:9980; }

4. Edit the file PC_HOME/config/api_gateway/nginx/conf.d/model.conf.

5. Change the value of CLOUD_IO_URL to the new hostname in the format hostname:port.set $CLOUD_IO_URL "http://dm-01:9980/pclm";

6. Edit the file PC_HOME/config/shared/token_handler_config/token_validator/RequestValidatorConfig.json.

7. Change the value of pbscloud_url to the new hostname in the format hostname:port."pbscloud_url":"http://dm-01:9980/pclm"

8. Restart PBS Control:pbs-control-manager restart

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 249: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide8 Advanced Configuration p.245

8.11 Changing the Gateway HTTPS PortChange the port that the Gateway HTTPS service listen on.

The following steps must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

1. Login to the machine where the Web Interface is installed.

2. Edit the file PC_HOME/config/api_gateway/nginx/nginx.conf.

3. Change the Gateway HTTPS default port to a new port by updating the default value of 9500 oflisten of server. server { listen 9500 ssl default_server;

server_name _; ... ... }

4. Restart PBS Control:pbs-control-manager restart

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 250: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide8 Advanced Configuration p.246

8.12 Resetting the Analytics Accounting Log DataDiscard all parsed accounting log data and reset all Data Collectors.

Before resetting the Analytics accounting log data, all simulation and model data must be deleted - seeDeleting All Simulation and Model Data.

The following commands must be executed as root or as a user with sudo privileges using the sudocommand.

1. Login to the machine where the Analytics component is installed.

2. Stop Analytics by issuing the command:systemctl stop pbsworks-pbsa

3. Execute the following command:pbsa-data-reset

All parsed accounting log data is discarded and Data Collectors are reset. The Analytics databasepassword to is also reset to “pbsworks@123”.

4. Use the pbsa-data-password command to change it to a site specific password:pbsa-data-password OLD_PASSWORD NEW_PASSWORD

8.12.1 Deleting All Simulation and Model DataRemove simulation and model data before resetting the PBS Analytics dataset.

The following steps must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

When the PBS Professional accounting log data is discarded, all simulation and model data must bedeleted as well.

1. Login to the machine where the Simulator component has been installed.

2. Execute the following command to remove all simulation and model data from PBS Control:pbs-sim-agent --operation delete_all --auth-token placeholder

Simulation and model data is removed when the following message is displayed:PBS Sim data reset complete.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 251: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide8 Advanced Configuration p.247

8.13 Advanced Configuration for PBSCloud

8.13.1 Accessing PBSCloud LogsMonitor PBSCloud by viewing its logs through a Kibana interface.

1. Open a supported web browser.

2. Enter the URL: http://hostname:5601

Where hostname represents the hostname of the machine where PBSCloud is installed.

8.13.2 Accessing PBSCloud AnalyticsView graphs of Docker container monitoring through a Grafana interface.

Note: When accessing the Monitoring interface, if you see an unauthenticated page, youwill need to login to PBSCloud through the URL http://hostname:9980/pclm/ with thecredentials supplied when starting and initializing PBSCloud. If you installed PBSCloudusing the PBS Control installer, the default credentials are admin@altair/Altair@123. Ifyou manually installed PBSCloud, use the credentials provided in step 3 of Starting andInitializing PBSCloud.

1. Open a supported web browser.

2. Enter the URL: http://hostname:9980/pclm/#/monitoring

Where hostname represents the hostname of the machine where PBSCloud is installed.

The PBSCloud Monitoring interface is displayed.

8.13.3 Accessing the CloudFlow InterfaceAccess the CloudFlow interface to follow the application workflows.

1. Open a supported web browser.

2. Enter the URL: http://hostname:CloudFlowPort

Where hostname represents the hostname of the machine where PBSCloud is installed andCloudFlowPort is the PBSCloud Server port + 10000 (default port is 9980 so CloudFlow port wouldbe 19980).

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 252: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

Troubleshooting 9

9 Troubleshooting

This chapter covers the following:

• 9.1 Logging (p. 249)

• 9.2 Troubleshooting Port Conflicts (p. 258)

• 9.3 Troubleshooting Cloud Bursting DNS Errors (p. 259)

Page 253: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide9 Troubleshooting p.249

9.1 LoggingGeneral logging information.

Logging behavior for the following components and services can be modified:

• Web Application

◦ Authentication

◦ Gateway

◦ Licensing

◦ Notifications

• Monitor

• Analytics

• Simulator and Configure

Default Logging LevelThe default logging level is set to informational providing messages that highlight the progress of theservice at a coarse-grained level.

9.1.1 Location of Log FilesUse log files to troubleshoot problems with PBS Control.

Installer Log FilesObtain detailed logging information for the installation process by navigating to PC_INSTALLER.

A log file is written to this directory whenever PBS Control is installed, therefore each installation logfile is timestamped. During the installation process, information is written to this file as each serviceis installed. Service installation is done asynchronously, so messages pertaining to all services areinterspersed throughout this log file. Installation messages are also written to a log file that is specificto each service. These log files are located at:

PC_HOME/logs/SERVICE>/SERVICE_node_config.log

Where SERVICE is the name of the service.

Installer Report FileEvery time PBS Control is installed or uninstalled a file called pbswinstall_op_report is appendedwith parameter information used during the installation/uninstallation process. The file is placed in the/etc directory. The contents of this file may be valuable for diagnosing issues with the installation/uninstallation of PBS Control.

Shared Resources Log FilesLog files for shared resources (Java libraries, Apache Web Server, Tomcat) can be found at: PC_HOME/logs/shared

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 254: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide9 Troubleshooting p.250

Component and Service Log File Location

Component Service Log File Location

Web Interface PC_HOME/logs/pcgui/tomcat

Message Router PC_HOME/logs/pbsworks-messagerouter

Gateway PC_HOME/logs/api_gateway

Licensing PC_HOME/logs/license

Notification PC_HOME/logs/wsbridge

Web Application

Authentication PC_HOME/logs/ams

Analytics Server PC_HOME/logs/pbsa/logs

Data Collector PC_HOME/logs/dc/logs

Simulator PC_HOME/logs/pbsworks-admin

Monitor PC_HOME/logs/monitor/services

Configure PC_HOME/logs/pbsworks-admin

Cloud http://hostname:5601 where hostname is thehostname of the machine where the Cloud componentis installed.

9.1.2 Web Application Logging

Changing the Authentication Service Logging LevelChange the logging level to troubleshoot authentication.

The following steps must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

1. Login to the machine where the Web Interface is installed.

2. Edit the file PC_HOME/config/ams/logging-config/log4j.properties.

3. Find the following line in the file:log4j.logger.com.altair=info, R

4. Change the value of log4j.logger.com.altair from "info" to the appropriate logging level.

• OFF - designated the highest possible ranking and is intended to turn off logging.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 255: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide9 Troubleshooting p.251

• FATAL - designates very severe error events that will presumably lead the application toabort.

• ERROR - designates error events that might still allow the application to continue running.

• WARN - designates potentially harmful situations.

• INFO - designates informational messages that highlight the progress of the application atcoarse-grained level.

• DEBUG - designates fine-grained informational events that are most useful to debug anapplication.

• TRACE - designates finer-grained informational events than the DEBUG.

• ALL - designates the lowest possible rank and is intended to turn on all logging.

5. Restart PBS Control:pbs-control-manager restart

Changing the Gateway Service Logging LevelChange the logging level to troubleshoot the Gateway.

The following steps must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

1. Login to the machine where the Web Interface is installed.

2. Edit the file PC_HOME/config/api_gateway/logging-config/log4j.properties.

3. Find the following line in the file:log4j.logger.com.altair=info, R

4. Change the value of log4j.logger.com.altair from "info" to the appropriate logging level.

• OFF - designated the highest possible ranking and is intended to turn off logging.

• FATAL - designates very severe error events that will presumably lead the application toabort.

• ERROR - designates error events that might still allow the application to continue running.

• WARN - designates potentially harmful situations.

• INFO - designates informational messages that highlight the progress of the application atcoarse-grained level.

• DEBUG - designates fine-grained informational events that are most useful to debug anapplication.

• TRACE - designates finer-grained informational events than the DEBUG.

• ALL - designates the lowest possible rank and is intended to turn on all logging.

5. Restart PBS Control:pbs-control-manager restart

Changing the Licensing Service Logging LevelChange the logging level to troubleshoot licensing.

The following steps must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 256: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide9 Troubleshooting p.252

1. Login to the machine where the Web Interface is installed.

2. Edit the file PC_HOME/config/license/log4j.properties.

3. Find the following line in the file:log4j.logger.com.altair.pbsworks.license=INFO, licenseActivityLogAppender

4. Change the value of log4j.logger.com.altair.pbsworks.license from "INFO" to theappropriate logging level.

• OFF - designated the highest possible ranking and is intended to turn off logging.

• FATAL - designates very severe error events that will presumably lead the application toabort.

• ERROR - designates error events that might still allow the application to continue running.

• WARN - designates potentially harmful situations.

• INFO - designates informational messages that highlight the progress of the application atcoarse-grained level.

• DEBUG - designates fine-grained informational events that are most useful to debug anapplication.

• TRACE - designates finer-grained informational events than the DEBUG.

• ALL - designates the lowest possible rank and is intended to turn on all logging.

5. Find the following line in the file:log4j.logger.com.altair.pbsworks.license.api=INFO, licenseApiActivityLogAppender

6. Change the value of log4j.logger.com.altair.pbsworks.license.api from "INFO" to theappropriate logging level.

• OFF - designated the highest possible ranking and is intended to turn off logging.

• FATAL - designates very severe error events that will presumably lead the application toabort.

• ERROR - designates error events that might still allow the application to continue running.

• WARN - designates potentially harmful situations.

• INFO - designates informational messages that highlight the progress of the application atcoarse-grained level.

• DEBUG - designates fine-grained informational events that are most useful to debug anapplication.

• TRACE - designates finer-grained informational events than the DEBUG.

• ALL - designates the lowest possible rank and is intended to turn on all logging.

7. Restart PBS Control:pbs-control-manager restart

Changing the Notification Service Logging LevelChange the logging level to troubleshoot the Notification Service.

The following steps must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

1. Login to the machine where the Web Interface is installed.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 257: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide9 Troubleshooting p.253

2. Edit the file PC_HOME/config/wsbridge/log4js.json.

3. Find the following lines in the file:"categories": { "default": { "appenders": [ "wsbridge" ], "level": "info" } }

4. Change the value of level from "info" to the appropriate logging level.

• OFF - designated the highest possible ranking and is intended to turn off logging.

• FATAL - designates very severe error events that will presumably lead the application toabort.

• ERROR - designates error events that might still allow the application to continue running.

• WARN - designates potentially harmful situations.

• INFO - designates informational messages that highlight the progress of the application atcoarse-grained level.

• DEBUG - designates fine-grained informational events that are most useful to debug anapplication.

• TRACE - designates finer-grained informational events than the DEBUG.

• ALL - designates the lowest possible rank and is intended to turn on all logging.

5. Restart PBS Control:pbs-control-manager restart

9.1.3 Configure and Simulator Logging

Changing the Configure and Simulator Logging LevelChange the logging level to troubleshoot the Configure and Simulator components.

The following steps must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

1. Login to the machine where the Configure and/or Simulate Simulator is installed.

2. Edit the file PC_HOME/pbsworks-admin/etc/environment.

3. Add the following line to the file:PBSWADMIN_LOG_LEVEL=

4. Set the value of PBSWADMIN_LOG_LEVEL to the appropriate logging level.

• DEBUG - fine-grained informational events that are most useful to debug an application.

• INFO - informational messages highlighting the progress of the application at a coarse grainedlevel.

• WARNING - potentially harmful situations such as failures and exceptions.

5. Restart PBS Control:pbs-control-manager restart

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 258: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide9 Troubleshooting p.254

9.1.4 Monitor Logging

Monitor LoggingMonitor logging levels are set for specific Java packages. By default, the logging level is set to “info” forall packages and provides a nominal amount of logging.

If you want increase the details of logging for a package, then you need to change the logging level forthe corresponding package.

Below is a list of the Monitor Java packages and the types of classes the package contains.

Package Type of classes

com.altair.monitor.nextgen Base package of Monitor

com.altair.monitor.nextgen.cache Cache refreshers classes

com.altair.monitor.nextgen.command Action, Jobs and Nodes commands

com.altair.monitor.nextgen.core

com.altair.monitor.nextgen.data Data providers base class

com.altair.monitor.nextgen.data.cache App to EHCache cache managers classes

com.altair.monitor.nextgen.data.services Job and node summary parsers classes

com.altair.monitor.nextgen.model

com.altair.monitor.nextgen.notifications Notification and refresh all classes

com.altair.monitor.nextgen.queue Action response update queues classes

com.altair.monitor.nextgen.services Service classes for endpoints

com.altair.monitor.nextgen.session Session handling classes

com.altair.monitor.nextgen.utils General utility clases

com.altair.monitor.nextgen.ws Service endpoint classes

Changing the Monitor Logging LevelChange the logging level to troubleshoot the Monitor component.

The following steps must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 259: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide9 Troubleshooting p.255

1. Login to the machine where Monitor is installed.

2. Edit the file PC_HOME/config/monitor/services/loggerConfig.xml.

3. Scroll down until you find the Java package for which the logging level is going to be changed.In this example, the logging level for the base package of Monitor is being changed.<category name="com.altair.monitor.nextgen"> <priority value="info" /> <!-- <priority value="debug" /> --> <!-- <priority value="trace" /> --></category>

4. Change the logging level for the Java package to:

Log Level Action

debug 1. Comment out <<priorityvalue="info" />> by prefixing the linewith <!– and suffixing the line with --> .

2. Remove the <!-- and --> surrounding<priority value="debug">

trace 1. Comment out <<priorityvalue="info" />> by prefixing the linewith <!– and suffixing the line with --> .

2. Remove the <!-- and --> surrounding<priority value="trace">

Tip: The logging level can be changed to any valid log4j logging level in addition to"debug" or "trace".

• OFF - designated the highest possible ranking and is intended to turn off logging.

• FATAL - designates very severe error events that will presumably lead the application toabort.

• ERROR - designates error events that might still allow the application to continue running.

• WARN - designates potentially harmful situations.

• INFO - designates informational messages that highlight the progress of the application atcoarse-grained level.

• DEBUG - designates fine-grained informational events that are most useful to debug anapplication.

• TRACE - designates finer-grained informational events than the DEBUG.

• ALL - designates the lowest possible rank and is intended to turn on all logging.

This example changes the logging level from INFO to DEBUG.<category name="com.altair.monitor.nextgen"> <!-- <priority value="info" /> --> <priority value="debug" />

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 260: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide9 Troubleshooting p.256

<!-- <priority value="trace" /> --></category>

5. Restart PBS Control:pbs-control-manager restart

9.1.5 Analytics Logging

Changing the Analytics Log File SizeDefine the Analytics maximum log file size.

The following steps must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

By default, Analytics generates a new log file once the size of the current log file exceeds 100MB.

1. Login to the machine where the Analytics component is installed.

2. Edit the file PC_HOME/config/pbsa/config/log4j.properties.

3. Locate the following line in the file:log4j.appender.frameworkRollingFile.MaxFileSize=100MB

4. Set the value of log4j.appender.frameworkRollingFile.MaxFileSize to the appropriate log filesize in megabytes.

5. Restart Analytics.systemctl restart pbsworks-pbsa

Changing the Analytics Logging LevelChange the logging level to troubleshoot Analytics.

The following steps must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

1. Login to the machine where the Analytics component is installed.

2. Edit the file PC_HOME/config/pbsa/config/log4j.properties.

3. Locate the following line in the file:log4j.rootLogger=INFO, frameworkRollingFile

4. Change the value of log4j.rootLogger from "INFO" to the appropriate logging level:

• OFF - designated the highest possible ranking and is intended to turn off logging.

• FATAL - designates very severe error events that will presumably lead the application toabort.

• ERROR - designates error events that might still allow the application to continue running.

• WARN - designates potentially harmful situations.

• INFO - designates informational messages that highlight the progress of the application atcoarse-grained level.

• DEBUG - designates fine-grained informational events that are most useful to debug anapplication.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 261: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide9 Troubleshooting p.257

• TRACE - designates finer-grained informational events than the DEBUG.

• ALL - designates the lowest possible rank and is intended to turn on all logging.

5. Restart the Analytics.systemctl restart pbsworks-pbsa

Changing the Maximum Number of Analytics Log Backup FilesDefine the maximum number of Analytics log backup files to keep.

The following steps must be done as root or as a user with sudo permissions using the sudo command.

By default, Analytics keeps a maximum of 1000 files as backup.

1. Login to the machine where the Analytics component is installed.

2. Edit the file PC_HOME/config/pbsa/config/log4j.properties.

3. Locate the following line in the file:log4j.appender.frameworkRollingFile.MaxBackupIndex=1000

4. Set log4j.appender.frameworkRollingFile.MaxBackupIndex to the appropriate number ofbackup files to save.

5. Restart the Analytics.systemctl restart pbsworks-pbsa

9.1.6 Cloud Logging

Accessing PBSCloud LogsMonitor PBSCloud by viewing its logs through a Kibana interface.

1. Open a supported web browser.

2. Enter the URL: http://hostname:5601

Where hostname represents the hostname of the machine where PBSCloud is installed.

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 262: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide9 Troubleshooting p.258

9.2 Troubleshooting Port ConflictsResolve port conflicts encountered while installing PBS Control.

Default ports must be free to successfully install PBS Control. When a port conflict is encounteredduring installation, a message is logged and also displayed to the user who is installing the product. Theerror message that is displayed is Cannot start <servicename> service, port <port number> iscurrently in use.

Currently, there is no way to change the port used by the PBS Control service, so the process using theport must be stopped.

1. Determine which process is using the port using an appropriate Linux command such as netstator lsof.

2. Stop the process that is using the port.

3. Uninstall PBS Control.

4. Re-install PBS Control.

See AlsoPBS Control Components, Services and PortsUninstalling PBS Control

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 263: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

PBS Control Administrator's Guide9 Troubleshooting p.259

9.3 Troubleshooting Cloud Bursting DNS ErrorsTry to force Docker to use your site's DNS server when DNS errors are encountered during cloudbursting.

DNS errors encountered while cloud bursting are displayed in the PBSCloud Notification center(accessed by clicking located in the upper right-hand of the Cloud tab). You will see errors like:

Failed to establish a new connection: [Errno -2] Name or service not known

Try the following to resolve the DNS issue:

1. Login to the machine hosting PBSCloud.

2. Create the file /etc/docker/daemon.json.

3. Edit the file.

4. Add the following lines to the file:{ "dns": ["YOUR_NAMESERVER1", "YOUR_NAMESERVER2"]}

5. Save the file.

6. Restart the Docker daemon:systemctl restart docker

Proprietary Information of Altair Engineering

Page 264: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

IndexAauthentication

multi-factorDUO 236enable 236

Service Principal NameKerberos 234register 234verify 234

Single Sign-Ondisable 234enable 232Kerberos 232NT LAN Manager 232NTLM 232Service Principal Name 232SPN 232

CCloud 9, 15, 28, 40CloudFlow

PBSCloud 247configure 32, 33, 37, 39conventions

PC_EXEC 7PC_HOME 7

Ddeployment 11, 15, 23Docker 28, 28, 29, 36, 40, 41, 41DUO 236

HHyperWorks 9, 15

Iinstallation

Cloud 15, 28, 40configure 32, 33, 37, 39HyperWorks 15installers 15MongoDB 15, 30, 37

260

Page 265: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

monitor 32, 33, 37, 39PBS Analytics 15PBS Application Services 15PBSCloud 28, 29, 36, 41, 41PBS Control 15, 32, 33, 37, 39PBS Professional 15simulator 32, 33, 37, 39simulator application definitions 32, 33, 37, 39simulator solver 32, 33, 37, 39single machine 15web application 32, 33, 37, 39

KKerberos 232, 234

Llogin access

default 23granting 61

logsPBSCloud 247, 247, 257

MMongoDB 15, 30, 32, 33, 37, 37, 39monitor 32, 33, 37, 39

NNT LAN Manager 232NTLM 232

PPAS , See PBS Application ServicesPBS Analytics 9, 15, 30, 37PBS Application Services 9, 15PBSCloud 28, 29, 32, 33, 36, 37, 39, 41, 41, 68PBS Professional 9, 15PC_EXEC 7, 32, 33, 37, 39PC_HOME 7, 32, 33, 37, 39pkr 28, 40pocker 28, 29, 36, 41, 41

SService Principal Name 232, 234, 234

261

Page 266: PBS Control Administrator's Guide · PBS Control 2018.3 Administrator’s Guide iv with respect to the use of any illegal copies of the Software. By using the Software, each user

servicesanalytics 11Cloud 11configure 11MongoDB 11monitor 11PBS Analytics 70PBS Control 70restart

PBS Control 71, 76simulator 11start

PBSCloud 73PBS Control 71, 74, 74, 74, 76

statusPBS Control 71, 74, 77

stopPBSCloud 73PBS Control 71, 76

web application 11Service User 23, 30, 32, 33, 37, 37, 39, 61simulator 30, 32, 33, 37, 37, 39simulator application definitions 32, 33, 37, 39simulator solver 32, 33, 37, 39SPN 232, 234, 234SSO 232, 234, 234supported

browsers 9operating systems 9products

Cloud 9HyperWorks 9PBS Analytics 9PBS Application Services 9PBS Professional 9

Uuninstall

PBSCloud 68PBS Control 67

Wweb application 32, 33, 37, 39

262